,transcriber's ,note3 ,bold text is surrounded by equal signs and italic text is surrounded by underscores4 ,,recreations ,,for ,,girls ,illustration ,indoor and ,outdoor ,,recreations ,,for ,,girls ,,by ,lina ,beard and ,adelia ,b4 ,beard ,new ,york ,charles ,scribner's ,sons #aiad ,,copyright1 #aijd1 #aijf1 by ,,charles ,,scribner',s ,,sons ,,special ,,notice ,the publishers hereby give warning that the unauthorized printing of any portion of the text of this book1 and the reproduction of any of the illustrations or diagrams1 are expressly forbidden4 ,,explanatory ,,note ,,to ,,new ,,edition ,,since the publication of this volume two years ago as ,handicraft and ,recreation for ,girls1 it has occurred to us that ,recreations alone much more accurately defines the contents1 for the handicrafts represented are only those that in effect are recreations4 ,therefore we have thought it best to drop the word ,handicraft and issue the new edition under the more appropriate title1 ,recreations for ,girls4 ,,lina ,,beard ,,adelia ,b4 ,,beard4 ,september1 #aijf4 ,,preface ,,this book1 like a girl's life1 is divided into two parts3 occupation and amusement1 or handicraft and recreation4 ,it is not equally divided1 for handicraft is so much more like play than work1 and is so entertaining in itself1 we find difficulty in drawing a distinct line between that and recreation4 ,the one insists upon blending with the other and the book1 after all1 is a book of entertainment4 ,with the old handicrafts coming back into favor and new ones constantly being brought forward1 a girl's life may be full of delightful employment4 ,to work with joyous enthusiasm and self-reliant energy1 as well as to play with light-hearted enjoyment1 cannot fail to make her sensible1 wholesome1 and happy1 and it is with this end in view that we have written and illustrated the book4 ,our wish is to help our girl friends to make the most of their girlhood and to enjoy it to its fullest extent4 ,we have had practical experience in the actual working out of all the various handicrafts and recreations1 and therefore give only that which we know can be well and easily done by the average girl4 ,thanks are due to the ,delineator1 ,harper's ,bazar1 ,woman's ,home ,companion1 and ,good ,housekeeping1 for their courtesy in promptly returning for this work the original drawings and material used in their respective magazines4 ,,the ,,author4 ,,flushing1 ,august #b1 #aijd4 ,,contents ,,part ,i ,,handicraft ,,chapter ,i4 ,,page ,,spinning #c ,the ,spinning-,wheel1 #d2 ,the ,spindle1 #e2 ,the ,distaff1 #g2 ,thoroughly ,cleaned1 #h2 ,the ,band1 #h2 ,to ,adjust the ,band1 #i2 ,the ,flax1 #aj2 ,practice1 #aa2 ,how to ,spin1 #ab2 ,when the ,thread ,breaks1 #ab4 ,,chapter ,,ii4 ,,weaving ,,on ,a ,,home-,,made ,,loom #ae ,the ,pin ,loom1 #af2 ,the ,heddles1 #ag2 ,the ,shuttle1 #ai2 ,to ,adjust the ,warp1 #ai2 ,the ,woof1 #bj2 ,how to ,weave a ,miniature ,navajo ,blanket1 #bj2 ,blankets for ,dolls' ,beds1 #bf4 ,,chapter ,,iii4 ,a ,,ball ,,of ,,twine ,,and ,,what ,,may ,,be ,,made ,,of ,,it #bg ,making a ,little ,hammock1 #bg2 ,how to ,tie the ,twine1 #bi2 ,a ,school-,bag1 #ca2 ,twine ,curtains1 #cd4 ,,chapter ,,iv4 ,,an ,,armful ,,of ,,shavings1 ,,and ,,what ,,to ,,do ,,with ,,them #cf ,selecting the ,shavings1 #cf2 ,a ,soft ,little ,basket1 #cf2 ,how to ,prepare the ,shavings1 #cg2 ,how to ,weave the ,shavings1 #ci2 ,bind the ,edges1 #dj2 ,the ,handle1 #dj2 ,a ,handkerchief ,case1 #da4 ,,chapter ,v4 ,,primitive ,,reed ,,curtains #dc ,the ,reeds1 #dc2 ,raw ,material1 #dc2 ,the ,twine-,stick ,weave1 #dd2 ,the ,finished ,curtain1 #df2 ,curtain-,bee ,frolic1 #dh2 ,door-way ,screens1 #di4 ,,chapter ,,vi4 ,,things ,,to ,,make ,,of ,,common ,,grasses #ec ,a ,grasshopper ,house1 #ec2 ,a ,doll's ,hammock1 #ef2 ,a ,bouquet-,holder1 #eh2 ,weaving a ,napkin-,ring1 #ei4 ,,chapter ,,vii4 ,,possibilities ,,of ,a ,,clothes ,,line #fb ,adapted to ,decoration1 #fb2 ,rope ,wood-,basket1 #fb2 ,rope ,net ,fringe1 #fe2 ,the ,tassels1 #fe4 ,,chapter ,,viii4 ,,how ,,to ,,weave ,a ,,splint ,,basket #fh ,the ,material1 #fh2 ,the ,spokes1 #fh2 ,the ,weavers1 #gj2 ,weaving the ,basket1 #ga2 ,binding ,off1 #ga2 ,trimming1 #gc4 ,,chapter ,,ix4 ,,modelling ,,in ,,tissue-,,paper #ge ,modelling a ,chicken1 #ge2 ,a ,turkey1 #ha2 ,the ,sturdy ,little ,elephant1 #hc4 ,,chapter ,x4 ,,nature ,,study ,,with ,,tissue-,,paper #hf ,all ,flowers from ,squares and ,circles1 #hf2 ,the ,best ,models1 #hf2 ,material1 #hg2 ,the ,carnation1 #hg2 ,how to ,cut a ,circle1 #hh2 ,the ,morning-,glory1 #id2 ,the ,daffodil1 #ii4 ,,chapter ,,xi4 ,a ,,new ,,race ,,of ,,dolls #ajc ,dolls of ,substance and ,form1 #ajc2 ,the ,paper1 #ajd2 ,making the ,head1 #ajd2 ,the ,arms1 #aje2 ,the ,body1 #aje2 ,the ,legs1 #ajf2 ,the ,feet and ,shoes1 #ajg2 ,doll's ,hair1 #ajf2 ,the ,dress1 #ajh2 ,the ,cap1 #aaj4 ,,chapter ,,xii4 ,,an ,,indian ,,encampment ,,on ,a ,,pastry-,,board #aaa ,the ,ground1 #aaa2 ,the ,wigwam1 #aab2 ,decorating the ,wigwam1 #aad2 ,the ,fire1 #aad2 ,the ,doll ,indian1 #aae2 ,the ,war ,head-,dress1 #aaf2 ,a ,travois1 #aah2 ,pipe of ,peace1 #aai2 ,a ,perfect ,little ,tomahawk1 #abj2 ,the ,chieftain's ,shield1 #abj2 ,arrow-,heads and ,arrows1 #abb2 ,a ,bow ,that ,will ,shoot1 #abd2 ,the ,doll ,squaw1 #abe2 ,squaw's ,chamois ,gown1 #abe2 ,primitive ,loom and ,navajo ,blanket1 #abe2 ,papoose1 #acj2 ,cradle for ,papoose1 #acj2 ,indian ,money1 #aca2 ,wampum ,necklace1 #aca4 ,,chapter ,,xiii4 ,a ,,toy ,,colonial ,,kitchen ,,with ,,fac-,,simile ,,colonial ,,furnishings #acc ,the ,floor1 #ace2 ,the ,fireplace1 #ach2 ,a ,hair-pin ,crane1 #ach2 ,little ,dutch ,oven1 #aci2 ,two ,andirons1 #ada2 ,the ,fire1 #adb2 ,iron ,pot1 #adc2 ,the ,peel1 #add2 ,the ,toaster1 #add2 ,pot-,hooks1 #ade2 ,the ,spinning-,wheel1 #adg2 ,the ,little ,spinner1 #aej2 ,the ,costume1 #aej2 ,flint-,lock ,rifle1 #aea2 ,the ,bellows1 #aec2 ,colonial ,pewter ,dish1 #aed2 ,grandfather's ,clock1 #aee2 ,colonial ,churn1 #afj4 ,,chapter ,,xiv4 ,,little ,,paper ,,houses ,,of ,,japan #afb ,how the ,people ,live1 #afb2 ,the ,house1 #afb2 ,the ,floors1 #afg2 ,the ,fence1 #afh2 ,the ,gateway1 #afi2 ,birthday ,festivals1 #afi2 ,the ,koi1 #aga2 ,a ,kago1 #agb4 ,,chapter ,,xv4 ,,some ,,odd ,,things ,,in ,,russia #age ,the ,coronation ,cathedral1 #age2 ,door-way1 #agg2 ,cupolas1 #agh2 ,a ,russian ,peasant ,doll1 #ahj2 ,a ,little ,samovar1 #ahb4 ,,chapter ,,xvi4 ,,pottery ,,without ,a ,,potter',s ,,wheel #ahe ,primitive ,pottery1 #ahe2 ,the ,clay1 #ahg2 ,moulded on ,baskets1 #ahg2 ,the ,table1 #ahh2 ,the ,roll1 #ahi2 ,to ,coil the ,clay1 #ahi4 ,,chapter ,,xvii4 ,,baby ,,alligators ,,and ,,other ,,things ,,of ,,clay #aic ,the ,head1 #aie2 ,the ,body1 #aif2 ,the ,tail1 #aif2 ,coat of ,armor1 #aig2 ,the ,legs and ,feet1 #aih2 ,a ,banana1 #bja2 ,a ,little ,bust of ,washington1 #bjb4 ,,chapter ,,xviii4 ,,funny ,,little ,,apple ,,toys #bjf ,the ,porcupine1 #bjf2 ,sally ,walker's ,head1 #bjh2 ,sally's ,curls1 #bjh2 ,the ,indian1 #bji2 ,a ,comical ,little ,jap1 #baa2 ,an ,apple ,tower1 #bad4 ,,chapter ,,xix4 ,,marvel ,,pictures #bae ,mary1 #bae2 ,her ,dress1 #bag2 ,sun-,bonnet1 #bah2 ,how to ,draw the ,lamb1 #bai2 ,how to ,make the ,wool ,grow1 #bai2 ,how to ,draw the ,goose1 #bba2 ,how to ,feather the ,goose1 #bbc4 ,,part ,,ii ,,recreation ,,chapter ,,xx4 ,,egg ,,games ,,for ,,the ,,easter ,,holidays ,,lifting ,,for ,,pasch ,,eggs #bbg ,how to ,prepare the ,egg-,shells1 #bbg2 ,hanging the ,eggs1 #bbh2 ,the ,players1 #bbh2 ,the ,lifting1 #bbi2 ,the ,egg ,dance1 #bcj2 ,placing the ,eggs1 #bcj2 ,dividing the ,players1 #bcj2 ,the ,dance1 #bcj2 ,the ,reward1 #bca2 ,easter ,angling1 #bca2 ,materials for the ,game1 #bca2 ,fish-poles1 #bca2 ,eggs1 #bcb2 ,rules of the ,game1 #bcd2 ,table ,egg-,rolling1 #bce4 ,,chapter ,,xxi4 ,,may ,,day ,,amusements #bcg ,how the ,may ,king and ,queen ,are ,chosen1 #bcg2 ,archery1 #bcg2 ,the ,bows1 #bch2 ,arrows1 #bch2 ,floral ,target1 #bdj2 ,keeping ,score1 #bdc2 ,may ,baskets and ,spring ,flowers1 #bdf2 ,how to ,erect the ,pole1 #bdi2 ,dressing the ,may-,pole1 #bej2 ,the ,balls1 #beb2 ,the ,game1 #beb4 ,,chapter ,,xxii4 ,,hallowe',,en ,,revels #bed ,gold ,nuggets1 #bed2 ,the ,mine1 #bee2 ,the ,miners1 #bee2 ,the ,apple ,witch1 #bef2 ,witch's ,hair1 #beg2 ,hat1 #beg2 ,broom1 #beh2 ,ghost ,writing1 #bei2 ,four-,leaved ,clover1 #bfj2 ,apple-seed ,fortune ,telling2 #bfa2 ,fortune ,bags1 #bfb4 ,,chapter ,,xxiii4 ,,the ,,magic ,,cloth ,,and ,,what ,,it ,,will ,,do #bfd ,magic in ,india1 #bfd2 ,a ,jumping ,frog1 #bfd2 ,the ,hungry ,birds1 #bfg2 ,to make the ,children ,talk1 #bfh2 ,moving ,faces1 #bfi2 ,the ,high ,note1 #bgj4 ,,chapter ,,xxiv4 ,,finger ,,plays ,,for ,,little ,,folk #bgc ,the ,teeter1 #bgc2 ,church1 #bge2 ,steeple1 #bge2 ,open ,door1 #bgf2 ,the ,people1 #bgf2 ,the ,preacher1 #bgg2 ,man ,chopping ,wood1 #bgg2 ,my ,mother's ,knives and ,forks1 #bgi2 ,my ,father's ,table1 #bhj2 ,my ,sister's ,looking-,glass1 #bhj2 ,the ,little ,black ,birds1 #bhj2 ,the ,baby's ,cradle1 #bha2 ,chin ,chopper ,chin1 #bhb2 ,build the ,tower1 #bhb2 ,the ,five ,little ,pigs1 #bhe2 ,little ,heads for ,little ,fingers1 #bhe4 ,,chapter ,,xxv4 ,,how ,,to ,,arrange ,,fresh ,,flowers #bhi ,selecting the ,flowers1 #bhi2 ,a ,number of ,nasturtiums1 #bij2 ,do not ,crowd the ,flowers1 #bij2 ,green ,leaves with ,flowers1 #bia2 ,color ,schemes1 #bia2 ,the ,vases1 #bib2 ,colorless ,transparent ,vases1 #bib2 ,arrangement1 #bic2 ,flower ,lifter1 #bid2 ,symmetry1 #bie2 ,wild ,flowers1 #bie4 ,,chapter ,,xxvi4 ,,open ,,air ,,playhouses #bih ,a ,florida ,playhouse1 #bih2 ,palm ,decorations1 #bih2 ,other ,decorations1 #bih2 ,an ,umbrella ,playhouse1 #bii2 ,a ,real ,teepee1 #cjb2 ,an ,african ,hut1 #cjf2 ,the ,floral ,tent1 #cjg4 ,,chapter ,,xxvii4 ,,keeping ,,store #cjh ,the ,counter1 #cjh2 ,the ,scales1 #cji2 ,groceries1 #cab2 ,vegetables1 #cab2 ,candy1 #cac2 ,wrapping ,paper1 #cac2 ,money1 #cad2 ,paper ,pocket-,books1 #cad2 ,keeping ,accounts1 #caf2 ,bars of ,soap1 #cai2 ,butter ,clay1 #cai4 ,,chapter ,,xxviii4 ,a ,,frolic ,,with ,,the ,,roses #cbj ,beauty of the ,rose1 #cbj2 ,rose ,petal ,fleet1 #cba2 ,green ,leaf-,boats1 #cbb2 ,the ,lake1 #cbc2 ,a ,little ,rose ,girl1 #cbe2 ,a ,garden1 #cbe2 ,a ,peachblow ,vase1 #cbg2 ,candied ,rose ,petals1 #cbg2 ,rose ,petal ,cap1 #cbh2 ,conventional ,designs1 #ccj2 ,a ,wreath of ,roses1 #ccb2 ,a ,rose ,book1 #ccb4 ,,chapter ,,xxix4 ,a ,,straw ,,ride ,,picnic #ccc ,the ,season1 #ccc2 ,games for the ,wagon1 #ccc2 ,simon ,says1 #cce2 ,bird ,wish1 #ccg2 ,lines to ,be ,recited ,rapidly1 #ccg2 ,at the ,grounds1 #cch2 ,chasing the ,deer1 #cch2 ,the ,swing1 #cch2 ,teeter-,tarter1 #cch2 ,the ,dinner1 #cci2 ,dishes1 #cci2 ,camp-,fire1 #cdb2 ,after ,luncheon1 #cdb2 ,telling ,stories1 #cdc2 ,game of ,menagerie1 #cdc4 ,,chapter ,,xxx4 ,a ,,paper ,,chase #cde ,the ,hares and ,hounds1 #cde2 ,the ,start1 #cdg2 ,false ,scents1 #cdg2 ,the ,finish1 #cdh2 ,how to ,dress1 #cdh4 ,,part ,i ,,handicraft ,illustration3 ,the spinning-wheel shall buzz and whirr4 ,,chapter ,i ,,spinning ,,there is so much poetry1 romance1 and history associated with the distaff and spindle1 and later with the old spinning-wheel1 that we have looked upon them with a feeling almost of awe1 certainly with a reverence for the gentle hands that spun so industriously generations ago4 ,but it has now occurred to us that we too may set the wheel a-humming1 taking up with enthusiastic eagerness the work laid down by our great-grandmothers so many years ago4 ,the song of even the athletic girl will soon be like ,martha's when she sings in the market-place3 ,i can spin1 sir1 and the wheel will no longer be set aside as a relic of an industry past and gone4 ,all the old handicrafts are coming back again1 and ere long we shall be as proud as the maids in ,revolutionary times of our hand-spun and hand-woven fabrics4 ,to be able to spin and weave is to be accomplished in the newest as well as the oldest of household arts4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #a4--,the slender rod tied at the lower end4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #b4--,the looped upper end of the rod4 ,is the old spinning-wheel in the attic1 neglected and covered with dust1 or in the parlor1 decked in all its bravery of blue ribbons and snowy flax8 ,bring it out1 wherever it may be1 and for the first time in many years it shall buzz and whirr1 while a girl's slender fingers part the flax and a girl's light foot rests upon the treadle4 ,look well to ,the ,wheel and see that none of its parts are missing4 ,there must be the bench1 of course1 with its treadle and wheel1 then the slender rod which is tied loosely at the lower end to the cross-piece of the treadle 7,fig4 #a71 and caught at the looped upper end to the little1 curved-metal crank that extends at right angles from one end of the wheel's axle 7,fig4 #b74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #c4--;,a little peg slipped through two holes4 ,the two slanting uprights which hold the wheel in place are slotted at the upper ends1 and in these slots rests the axle4 ,a little peg1 slipped through two holes in one of the uprights1 keeps the axle from slipping out of place 7,fig4 #c74 ,the frame that holds ,the ,spindle belongs in the position shown in the illustration of the spinning-wheel4 ,by turning the handle that extends out from the upper end of the bench this frame may be moved slightly forward or backward when it is necessary to loosen or tighten the band on the wheel4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #d4--,the leather rings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #e4--,one ring in each upright4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #f4--,the spindle4 ,in the two uprights of the spindle-frame there must be leather rings like ,fig4 #d1 one ring in each upright4 ,the narrow strip extending outward from the ring is pushed through the hole in the upright1 and the edge of the ring fitted into the little grooves just above and below one of the holes 7,fig4 #e74 ,these two leather rings hold the ends of the spindle1 which can be easily taken out and put in by bending one of the rings backward or slightly turning one of the uprights4 ,fig4 #f shows the spindle with the spool1 or bobbin1 and the small1 double-grooved wheel4 ,the spindle proper is simply the metal rod and horseshoe-shaped piece of wood with its two rows of little hooks or teeth4 ,besides the wheel and spindle there must be ,the ,distaff and the arm that holds it4 ,the arm is an upright with a rod extending out at right angles from the upper end4 ,the lower end of the upright is slipped into a hole at one corner of the highest part of the bench4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #g4--,the tip of your ,christmas tree for a distaff4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #h4--;,bring the four branches up and tie at the top4 ,the distaff1 which the mountaineers of ,kentucky call the rock1 is a thing you can make for yourself if your wheel happens to have lost its own4 ,many are cut from the top points of pine-trees which grow like ,fig4 #g1 and dogwood also is sometimes used4 ,the tip of your ,christmas tree will be just the thing4 ,strip off the bark1 bring the four branches up1 and tie at the top to the middle stem 7,fig4 #h74 ,let the lower end of the stem extend about four inches below the branches and whittle it down to fit in the hole in the distaff-arm4 ,these are all the parts of the spinning-wheel1 but before you can see the wheels go round every piece of metal must be ,thoroughly ,cleaned and freed from rust4 ,rub first with kerosene oil and then with the finest emery paper4 ,be very careful in polishing the teeth that you do not bend or break them1 as it will not be easy to have them replaced4 ,in fact1 it is difficult to replace any part of the wheel1 and though it has lasted several generations1 careless handling may put it past repair4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #i4--,proper size of cord for wheel band4 ,when the cleaning is finished1 grease with lard the parts where there is any friction4 ,the slots that hold the axle1 the spindle-stem1 and the metal arm1 where the treadle-rod rests upon it1 all need lubricating4 ,the best ,band for the ,wheel is hand spun1 but at present it is possible to obtain them only of old-fashioned spinners who make their own bands4 ,you can1 however1 make a band of cotton cord1 such as is used for cording dresses4 ,fig4 #i gives the exact size4 ,the length of cord for a wheel measuring eighteen and a half inches in diameter is about ten feet five inches4 ,this allows for a lap of one inch at the joint4 ,sew together with silk1 wrapping and sewing until the joint is almost invisible4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aj4--,make a double loop4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aa4--,the band will cross at the bottom4 ,to ,adjust the ,band loop it together1 making it double 7,fig4 #aj71 lift the wheel from the sockets1 and slip the band over it4 ,fit one part of the band into one of the grooves of the wheel1 the other part into the other groove1 allowing it to cross at the bottom 7,letter ,b1 ,fig4 #aa74 ,take the spindle from its frame and fit the bands into the groove in the end of the bobbin 7,letter ,c1 ,fig4 #f7 and into the first groove in the small wheel 7,letter ,d1 ,fig4 #f74 ,the ,flax may be obtained from any linen-thread factory and can be bought by the pound or half-pound4 ,it is graded by color1 the darkest being the cheapest and the whitest the most expensive4 ,for practice-work the cheapest is as good as the more expensive4 ,when you have learned to spin a fine1 even thread you may choose the color in reference to the article you intend to make4 ,illustration3 ,the spinning-wheel4 ,open your hank of flax1 take part of it1 and spread thinly over the distaff1 wrapping it around and around4 ,put on several layers1 each almost as thin as a spider-web1 extending it out widely and smoothly each time4 ,you may think the ribbon tied on the distaff of your parlor wheel is merely for ornament1 but it is not4 ,the bands hold the flax in place while it is being spun1 and a crisp1 dainty1 pretty-colored ribbon is just as useful for the purpose as one that is old and faded1 and it is far prettier to look upon4 ,wrap the ribbon around the flax on the distaff1 beginning at the bottom1 cross it1 and tie as shown in illustration of the spinning-wheel4 ,though everything is ready1 before attempting to spin1 ,practice1 simply working the treadle until you can manage that part of the work mechanically and give your whole attention to your hands4 ,it seems a simple thing to work the treadle1 but you will find that without previous practice you will forget to make your foot go in the absorbing interest of getting the flax ready to run on the spindle4 ,curb your impatience a little while therefore1 and resolutely turn the distaff1 with its pretty load1 away from you4 ,place one foot on the treadle1 give the large wheel a turn to the right1 or away from the spindle1 and try to keep a steady1 even motion with your foot4 ,the jerks caused by uneven pedalling will always break the thread1 so you must learn to make the wheel turn smoothly and easily1 without hurry and without stopping4 ,some spinners place only the toe of the foot on the treadle1 others rest on it the heel also2 it matters little which method you adopt so long as the wheel turns evenly4 ,when you are quite satisfied that you can keep the wheel going without giving it a thought you may begin ,to ,spin4 ,from the lowest ends of the flax draw down several strands and twist them with your fingers into a thread long enough to reach easily the bobbin on the spindle4 ,pass the end of the thread through the hole in the end of the spindle nearest to you 7,letter ,a1 ,fig4 #f71 carry it across and over the upper row of teeth and tie to the bobbin 7,fig4 #f74 ,start your wheel going1 and1 forgetting the action of your foot1 give your undivided attention to drawing out the flax4 ,hold the strands lightly with your left hand and with your right keep constantly pulling them down and at the same time twisting them slightly4 ,see illustration on first page4 ,all this time you must keep the flax from matting and tangling and the twist from running up into the mass of flax on the distaff4 ,only practice will make perfect in this work1 though the knack may come suddenly and you will wonder at your first clumsy attempts4 ,the little fluster and excitement one feels in beginning and the hurry to get the flax into shape for the spindle is a drawback that practice will also overcome4 ,when the ,thread ,breaks1 as it will again and again at first1 thread your spindle as before1 tie the new thread to the broken end and begin once more4 ,a better way to mend the thread when you are really doing good work is to unwind a little from the bobbin1 thread it backward through the spindle1 bring the end up to meet the end from the distaff1 and let the two lap three or four inches2 then moisten your fingers and twist the threads together1 making one thread again4 ,moistening the ,fingers occasionally is a good thing while twisting1 as it makes a smoother thread4 ,in the old days the spinner kept a cocoa-nut-shell1 filled with water1 tied to the lower part of the spindle-frame1 into which she daintily dipped the tips of her fingers when necessary4 ,a finger-bowl or cup of water near by will answer the same purpose4 ,illustration3 ,the little girl and the little loom4 ,,chapter ,,ii ,,weaving ,,on ,a ,,home-,,made ,,loom ,illustration ,,it is easier than sewing or knitting or crocheting1 and comes so natural to many of us that one would almost think we should know how to weave without being taught4 ,why1 even some of the birds do a kind of weaving in their pretty1 irregular fashion1 and it was probably from the birds and other small1 wild creatures that the earliest human mothers took their lessons in weaving1 and learned to make the mats for their babies to sleep on and baskets for carrying their food4 ,no one knows how long ago these first baskets and mats were woven1 but in the beginning weaving was done without looms4 ,afterward rude frames were tied together and hung from the limbs of trees1 then softer and more flexible material was used and finer fabrics were woven4 ,to this day almost the same kind of looms are used by the ,indians in our far ,western country1 many miles away from the roar and clatter of machinery1 and on them are woven the wonderfully beautiful ,navajo blankets for which ,eastern people are willing to pay such large sums4 ,if it is natural to weave1 it should also be natural to make one's own loom1 and ,the ,pin ,loom is simple in both the making and the working1 with material usually close at hand4 ,the necessary wood you will find at the nearest carpenter-shop1 if not in your own home1 and for the rest1 a paper of strong1 large-size pins1 a yard of colored cord1 and one ordinary carpet-tack are all that is needed4 ,make the frame for the loom of a smooth piece of soft pine-board1 fifteen inches long by nine inches wide 7,fig4 #ab74 ,make the heddles of two flat sticks1 nine inches long1 half an inch wide1 and one-eighth of an inch thick 7,figs4 #ac and #ad74 ,from another flat stick of the same thickness1 nine inches long by one inch wide1 make the shuttle 7,fig4 #ae74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ab4--,the frame for the loom4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ac4--;,heddle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ad4--;,heddle4 ,with a pencil and ruler draw two straight lines across the board1 the first one inch and a half from the top edge1 the other two inches and a half from the bottom edge4 ,this will make the lines just eleven inches apart4 ,on these lines1 beginning one inch from the side edge of the board1 make a row of dots exactly one-quarter of an inch apart1 twenty-nine dots on each line1 as in ,fig4 #ab4 ,at each corner of the board1 one inch above the upper line and one inch below the lower line1 draw a short line1 and on each short line1 three-quarters of an inch from the side edge1 make one dot4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ae4--,the shuttle4 ,with a small tack-hammer drive a pin in each of the twenty-nine dots on each long line1 and in each single dot on the four short lines 7,fig4 #ab74 ,when driving in the pins let them all slant evenly outward1 the ones on the top lines slanting toward the upper edge of the board1 those on the lower lines slanting toward the bottom edge1 as in ,fig4 #af4 ,now lay your board aside where nothing will be placed on top of it1 and make your heddles4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #af4--,let the pins slant outward4 ,the ,heddles are for lifting the threads of the warp so that the shuttle may be passed through4 ,one heddle is left perfectly plain1 like ,fig4 #ac4 ,the other is cut in notches on one edge like ,fig4 #ad4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ag4--,the marked-off notches in heddle4 ,along the entire length of one of the sticks rule a line dividing it exactly in the middle 7,fig4 #ag74 ,on this line1 beginning three-quarters of an inch from the end of the stick1 mark off spaces one-quarter of an inch apart1 making thirty-one dots4 ,at the upper edge of the stick mark off the same number of spaces exactly opposite those on the line4 ,then draw straight lines connecting the upper and lower dots1 extending the first and last lines entirely across the stick 7,fig4 #ag47 ,at a point on the upper edge1 exactly in the middle between the first two lines1 start a slanting line and bring it down to meet the second line where it touches the long line4 ,between the second and third lines draw another slanting line to meet the first at the bottom1 forming a ,v4 ,leave the third line1 and make another ,v at the fourth1 and so go the length of the heddle1 drawing a ,v at every other short line4 ,at the top between the ,v's make smaller ,v's1 as in ,fig4 #ag4 ,with a sharp knife cut out these notches1 bringing the large ones quite down to the middle line 7,fig4 #ag74 ,on the end lines just below the middle line bore a hole with a small gimlet or a hat-pin heated red-hot at ,letter ,a in ,fig4 #ag4 ,indeed the notches1 too1 may be made with a hat-pin by laying the red-hot end across the edge of the stick at the top of the line1 and pressing it down while rubbing it back and forth4 ,if you are unused to handling a knife1 burning the notches will be the easier way4 ,you can shape and trim them off afterward with the knife4 ,illustration3 ,the complete pin loom4 ,of the third flat stick make ,the ,shuttle4 ,curve the corners at each end as in ,fig4 #ae4 ,sharpen one end down to a thin edge and in the other end cut an eye two inches long and one-quarter of an inch wide 7,fig4 #ae74 ,cut your yard of colored cord in half1 pass the end of one piece through one of the holes in the notched heddle1 the end of the other piece through the hole in the opposite end of the heddle1 and tie each end of the cords to one of the pins at the four corners of the board1 drawing the cords taut4 ,this will fasten the heddle in its place across the loom 7,fig4 #ab74 ,near the bottom of the board1 directly below the last pin at the right on the long line1 drive the carpet-tack to serve as a cleat for fastening the end of the warp4 ,all that now remains to be done is ,to ,adjust the ,warp1 and your loom will be ready for weaving4 ,the threads which extend up and down1 or from the top to the bottom of the loom1 are called the warp4 ,soft1 rather coarse knitting-cotton makes a good warp for almost anything woven on a small loom4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ah4--;,adjusting the warp4 ,tie the end of the warp securely to the first pin on the long line at the upper left-hand corner of the loom 7,fig4 #ah74 ,bring the string down and around the first two pins on the lower line1 up again and around the second and third pins on the upper line1 and then down and around the third and fourth pins on the lower line4 ,up again1 down again1 crossing two pins each time1 back and forth until the last pin on the lower line has been reached4 ,wrap the warp around this pin several times1 and then around the tack1 tying it here so that it cannot slip4 ,the warp must lie flat on the board where it passes around the pins1 and in stringing up it must be drawn rather tight1 though not with sufficient force to pull the pins out of place4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ai4--,putting in the second heddle4 ,turn the heddle on edge1 the notches up1 and slip the threads of the warp into the notches1 one thread in each notch4 ,this1 you will see1 divides the warp into upper and lower threads1 and forms what is called the shed4 ,while the threads are separated take the other heddle and darn it in and out above the first heddle1 taking up the lower threads and bringing the heddle over the upper ones as in ,fig4 #ai4 ,the ,woof is the thread which crosses the warp and usually covers it entirely4 ,the material to use for woof will depend upon what you are going to make4 ,germantown wool is used for the woof of the miniature ,navajo blanket shown in the illustration4 ,the warp is knitting-cotton4 ,illustration3 ,a ,miniature ,navajo ,blanket4 ,this is ,the ,way to ,weave a ,navajo blanket2 simpler things you can easily make after this first lesson3 ,of ,germantown wool you will need three colors1 which are the colors most frequently used by the ,indians--red 7scarlet71 white1 and black1 about half a hank of each4 ,take five yards of white wool1 fold one end over a two-yard length1 fold again1 and push the double end through the eye of the shuttle 7,fig4 #bj74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bj4--,the threaded shuttle4 ,tie the long end of the wool to the first pin at the lower left-hand corner of the loom1 on the long line1 making a tight knot and pushing it down close to the board 7,fig4 #ba74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ba4--,starting the woof4 ,with the notched heddle on edge push the shuttle through the shed--that is1 between the upper and lower threads of the warp4 ,draw it out on the other side1 then turn the heddle down1 notched edge toward you1 and stand the plain heddle on edge4 ,this will lift the lower threads of the warp above the others and make them the upper ones4 ,push the shuttle back through the shed1 lay the plain heddle flat1 and stand up the notched heddle4 ,weaving from the left1 the notched heddle always stands1 while the plain one lies flat4 ,weaving from the right1 the plain heddle stands1 and the notched one is turned down4 ,do not draw the woof tight across the warp4 ,when you have passed the shuttle through1 leave the thread like ,fig4 #ba1 and then push it down firmly with your finger-tips until it lies close to the pins4 ,a ,coarse ,comb with no fine teeth is very good to use for packing the woof1 and takes the place of what is called the lay4 ,while the woof is looped out like ,fig4 #ba1 comb it down toward you with the comb1 and it will fit in evenly between the threads of the warp4 ,as the woof of the ,navajo blanket must be very tightly packed1 use first the comb and then your fingers to push it down and make it compact4 ,weave back and forth until all the wool in the shuttle is used4 ,if the end of the woof extends beyond the last thread of the warp on either side1 turn it back and weave it under and over several threads1 and start a new piece with the end just lapping the old4 ,the ends of the woof must never be allowed to extend beyond the warp at the sides4 ,it is not necessary to tie the new piece of woof2 the tight packing will hold it in place4 ,in this case the new woof must be of the red wool4 ,weave it across twice1 or once over and back1 making a very narrow red stripe1 then cut it off and thread the shuttle with white4 ,weave the white twice across1 then change to black and weave a stripe one-quarter of an inch wide4 ,above the black weave another narrow white stripe and another narrow red one4 ,put a long thread of white wool in the shuttle1 and weave a white stripe one inch wide4 ,you will have to thread the shuttle twice for this1 as too long a thread will make so large a bunch that it will be difficult to pass it through the shed4 ,after the white stripe weave another black1 white1 and red stripe like the first1 then another inch-wide white stripe4 ,once more weave a black1 a white1 and a red stripe4 ,begin with the narrow black1 follow with the narrow white1 and then weave a wider red stripe1 taking the thread four times across4 ,after the red the narrow white1 and then the narrow black stripe4 ,this last stripe is the lower border of ,the ,central ,pattern of the blanket1 where your weaving will become more difficult1 and at the same time more interesting4 ,illustration3 ,figs4 #bb and #bc4--,weaving the centre stripe4 ,thread the shuttle with a long piece of red wool and weave it once across from the left1 turn back and weave through five threads of the warp1 draw the shuttle out and weave back again to the edge2 again weave through the five threads1 then back as shown at ,b in ,fig4 #bb4 ,turn here and do not take up the last thread of the warp2 pass the shuttle under three threads1 turn on the next thread1 and bring it back under four threads 7,c1 ,fig4 #bb71 once more under the three threads1 turning on the next as before1 but passing back under two threads only4 ,turn on the next thread 7,d71 and pass under three4 ,back under two threads 7,e71 turn as before on the next thread under two1 turn1 back under two 7,f71 turn1 under one1 turn on the next1 under two 7,g71 turn1 under one1 turn on the next1 back under two1 and unthread the shuttle1 leaving the woof hanging4 ,begin with a new piece of red wool1 follow the same direction1 and weave another red point on the next five threads1 then a third one which will take in the last warp-thread on the left4 ,you will notice in the diagram that the woof always turns twice on the same thread of warp4 ,when the three red points are finished fill in the spaces between with black 7,fig4 #bc71 then continue to weave the black up into points as you did the red1 making two whole and two half black diamonds4 ,leave the woof quite loose when you make a turn in weaving1 and the space left between the red and black will fill up in packing4 ,take up the end of the red wool left at the top of the first red point1 and weave in the space between the half and first black diamond1 then break off4 ,take the next red end and fill in between the two whole diamonds1 then the next1 and fill in between the whole and the last half diamond4 ,this will give you a pattern of black diamonds on a red ground4 ,weave the last of the red woof once across1 then break off and weave a black1 white1 and red stripe like the one forming the lower border of the pattern4 ,finish the blanket with the wide white stripes and narrow colored ones like those first woven4 ,to take the work from the loom1 cut the threads between the pins at the top of the loom1 and with quick but gentle jerks pull it off the lower row of pins4 ,tie together the first and third loose ends of the warp close to the edge of the blanket1 then the second and fourth threads1 and so on across1 then cut the ends off rather close to the knots4 ,the little ,navajo blanket woven in this way will closely resemble the real ,indian blanket in texture1 pattern1 and colors4 ,blankets for ,dolls' ,beds may also be woven of fine white wool and finished with a pretty pink or blue border at each end4 ,a wash-cloth1 soft and pleasant to the touch1 you can weave in half an hour with candle-wick for woof4 ,this should not be packed tightly1 but woven with rather a loose mesh4 ,then there are cunning little rag rugs to be made for the dolls' house1 with colored rags for the woof4 ,but so many materials may be woven on your home-made loom1 that it will be a pleasure for you to discover them for yourself4 ,,chapter ,,iii ,a ,,ball ,,of ,,twine ,,and ,,what ,,may ,,be ,,made ,,of ,,it ,,run to the kitchen and ask the cook to lend you her pastry-board for a day or two1 to use as a support for holding string from which to make a toy hammock 7,fig4 #bd74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bd4--,the hammock you can make4 ,drive twelve large tacks in a straight line across the top edge of the board2 place the tacks one inch and a half apart 7,fig4 #be71 and with a pencil draw lightly a line across the board from side to side1 one inch and a half below the tacks4 ,this will guide you in keeping the knots even4 ,be sure that the line is perfectly straight2 then draw another line one inch and a half below the first and continue making lines until the board is covered with them1 at equal distances apart and running across from side to side4 ,over each tack on the top of the board hang a piece of string about two yards long 7,fig4 #bf74 ,being doubled1 each string makes two lengths of one yard each4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #be4--,tacks in top of board4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bf4--,over each tack hang a piece of string4 ,bring the two ends of each strand down evenly together that all the strings may hang exactly the same in length4 ,fig4 #bf is intended only to show how to hang the strings and gives but a section of the work4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bg4--,with strong pins fasten the first and fourth strings to the board4 ,with strong pins fasten the first and fourth strings down tight to the board 7see ,b and ,e1 ,fig4 #bg72 then tie the second and third strings together 7,c1 ,d1 ,fig4 #bg71 making the knot ,h 7,fig4 #bg74 ,to ,tie the ,knot1 bring the two strings ,c and ,d 7,fig4 #bg7 together2 hold the upper portions with the thumb and first finger of the left hand and the lower parts in the right hand1 bring the lower parts up above the left hand--across and over the portion of string held in the left hand--and turn them down a trifle1 running them under the strings in the left hand just above the thumb and first finger2 pull the lower portion of the strings through the loop out over the first finger of the left hand as shown in ,fig4 #bi1 ,o4 ,tighten the knot with the right hand while holding it in place on the line with the left4 ,the secret of tying the knot properly is to hold the two strings together and tie them exactly as one would tie a knot in a single string4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bh4--,when knot ,h is secure stick pin in string ,g4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bi4--,tying the knot4 ,when the first knot 7,h1 ,fig4 #bg7 is tied1 take the pin out of the string ,e and stick it in the string ,g1 according to ,fig4 #bh4 ,fasten down the knot ,h with another pin1 and you will have the knot ,h and the string ,g firm and tight to the board while you tie the two loose strings ,f and ,e together1 forming the knot ,k4 ,pin this down to the board and remove the pin from the string ,g and place it in the string ,n1 leaving ,m and ,g free to be knotted together4 ,continue tying the strings in this way until you have made the first row of knots across the board1 always using pins to hold the boundary-strings securely to the board on each side of the two you are tying4 ,as each knot is formed1 pin it to the board and allow the pins to remain in the first row until the second row of knots has been made4 ,fig4 #bi shows the beginning of the third row of knots in the knot ,p1 the pin being taken from the first knot1 ,h1 ready to be placed in the knot ,p4 ,form row after row of meshes by knotting the strings until the netting comes too near the bottom of the board to work comfortably1 then slip the top loops off from the tacks and hang a portion of the net over the top of the board1 allowing a lower row of meshes to hang on the tacks4 ,fasten the last row of the knots carefully1 binding with strong strings the short loose ends of the strands securely to the string forming the mesh each side of the knot4 ,remove the net from the board and make ,a ,fringe of string on each side of the hammock4 ,in ,fig4 #cj1 ,t shows how to place a strand for the fringe under one side of the mesh on the edge of the net3 and ,s gives the manner of bringing the ends of the strand down over the string forming the mesh and under the loop made by the centre of the fringe-strand4 ,pull the two ends of the strand down evenly1 and bring the knot up close and tight to the hammock-mesh as shown in the finished fringe in ,fig4 #cj4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cj4--,making the fringe4 ,when you have made the fringe1 thread a separate heavy cord through the loops on each side of the hammock 7,fig4 #ca74 ,tie the loops together 7,fig4 #cb7 and fasten together the two ends of each cord1 making these two extra last loops long enough to allow of a free swing for the little hammock1 or you can thread a cord of the same as that used in the hammock through every loop1 tying the ends of each piece together through a brass ring1 and instead of one long loop a number will support the hammock4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ca4--;,heavy cord through loops on end of hammock4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cb4--,tie loops together4 ,illustration3 ,making a sash-curtain for her room4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cc--,your school-bag made of string4 ,fig4 #cc shows a strong1 serviceable little ,school-,bag which is easier to make than the hammock4 ,take a piece of heavy cord twenty inches long1 lap one end to the distance of an inch over the other and sew the two lapped ends firmly together2 then bind them neatly around and around with string4 ,bring the two edges or sides of the circle together1 forming two ends 7,v ,v1 ,fig4 #cd74 ,tie a strong string on each end 7,fig4 #cd7 and fasten each of the strings to the back of a chair2 you will then have a circle of heavy cord securely suspended in mid-air4 ,cut twenty-four lengths of twine1 each twenty-five inches long2 double each piece and fasten all the strands on the circle of heavy cord in the same way you made the fringe on the hammock 7,x ,x1 ,fig4 #cd71 except that this time the strands must be quite a distance apart4 ,let all the spaces between the strands be equal4 ,having fastened the lengths of twine on the circle1 net them together exactly as you netted the hammock1 but you must depend upon your eye to keep the meshes even and of the same size1 as there will be no board with lines to guide you 7,fig4 #cd74 ,tie the knots in circular rows1 going around on both sides of the circle for each row4 ,continue the meshes until within three and a half inches of the bottom1 then tie the two sides together1 closing the bottom of the bag and forming the fringe shown in ,fig4 #cc4 ,having finished the bag1 untie the strings attached to the two ends and make two handles of heavy cord or slender rope4 ,fasten the handles on their respective sides of the bag4 ,loop the ends of the handles under the cord forming the top of the bag1 and bring each end up against its own side of the handle4 ,sew each of the two ends of the two handles securely to the handle proper2 then bind the sewed portions neatly together with fine cord as in ,fig4 #cc4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cd--,making the school-bag4 ,with some firm straws and more string we will make ,a ,sash-,curtain for the window of your own room1 as the little girl is doing in the illustration4 ,loop about thirty strands on the same number of tacks1 in the manner in which you hung those for the hammock 7,fig4 #bf74 ,make one row of knots1 and before forming the next row slide a piece of straw one inch long over the two strings which are to be knotted together2 the ends of the string must be moistened and brought together in a point in order that they may more easily be threaded through the straw4 ,the letter ,r in ,fig4 #ce shows the straw with the ends of the string run through it1 and ,u gives a straw higher up on the strings4 ,after each straw is put into place1 knot the strings immediately underneath to prevent the straw from sliding out of position4 ,fig4 #ce shows how to manage the work4 ,it is almost exactly like that of the hammock1 the only difference being the threading on of the straws which hold the strings in place without a knot at the top 7see ,w in ,fig4 #ce74 ,let the bottom of the net end in a fringe4 ,take the loops off from the tacks when the curtain is finished1 and slide them on a straight1 slender stick1 which you can fasten to the window by resting the ends of the stick through loops of tape tacked on the sides of the window-frame at the right distance up from the ledge of the window4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ce4--,sliding straws on strings for curtain4 ,if possible1 let all the net-work be made of pliable1 soft material2 it is easier to handle1 and the results are much prettier4 ,make the curtains of any color you may fancy4 ,,chapter ,,iv ,,an ,,armful ,,of ,,shavings ,,and ,,what ,,to ,,do ,,with ,,them ,,do you love to go into a carpenter-shop1 with its sweet-smelling woods and fascinating tangle of white and rose-tinted shavings1 and to watch the carpenter guide his plane along the edge of a board1 shaving off so evenly and smoothly the long curls which look almost as natural as the ringlets of a little girl8 ,i am sure that many times you have tucked the ends of the shavings under your hat and scampered off with the curls streaming out behind or bobbing up and down delightfully at the sides4 ,it is great fun1 yet there is still more entertainment to be found in these pretty shavings4 ,gather an armful1 then1 choosing the most perfect ones1 not too thin1 with firm1 smooth edges1 and you shall weave them into ,a ,pretty1 ,soft ,little ,basket like the illustration4 ,illustration3 ,the soft little basket made of shavings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cf--;,directly across the centre draw a straight line4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cg--,so that the upper edge of ,b will touch the dividing line of ,a4 ,pine-shavings are the best to use1 as they are less brittle than those of harder woods4 ,select a number and put them to soak in cold water to make them soft and pliable4 ,then1 lifting out those of an even width1 place them before you on a lap-board or table1 and after passing them between your fingers several times to take the curl out1 cut eight pieces eleven inches long4 ,directly across the centre of two of the strips draw a straight line1 as in ,fig4 #cf4 ,place one of these strips1 ,a1 flat on the table and lay the other1 ,b1 across it so that the upper edge of ,b will touch the dividing line of ,a and the mark on ,b will be on a line with right-hand edge of ,a1 ,fig4 #cg4 ,under ,a slide another strip1 ,c1 ,fig4 #ch4 ,over ,b and under ,c slide the strip ,d1 ,fig4 #ci4 ,over ,d and under ,a pass the strip ,e1 ,fig4 #dj4 ,under ,e1 over ,b and under ,c weave the strip ,f1 ,fig4 #da4 ,under ,e1 over ,b1 and under ,c weave the strip ,g1 ,fig4 #db4 ,over ,f1 under ,d1 over ,a1 and under ,g weave the strip ,h1 ,fig4 #dc4 ,this forms a square for the bottom of the basket4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ch4--,under ,a slide the strip ,c4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ci4--,over ,b and under ,c slip the strip ,d4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dj4--,over ,d and under ,a pass ,e4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #da4--,under ,e1 over ,b and under ,c weave ,f4 ,bend up the ends and ,weave the ,sides with longer1 narrower shavings which you can make by cutting lengthwise through the middle of several wide shavings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #db4--,under ,e1 over ,b and under ,c weave ,g4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dc4--,this forms the bottom of the basket4 ,if you find any difficulty in keeping in place the part you have woven1 pin it to the board or table with several pins1 as in ,fig4 #dd4 ,bring the sides up close to the edges of the bottom1 then start your weaver at ,d1 on the inside of the basket 7,fig4 #dd74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dd4--;,bend up the ends now and weave the sides4 ,weave all the way around1 turning the corners sharply1 until the weaver meets the first end2 lap it over this1 cut it off and tuck the last end under ,h4 ,start the next weaver at ,c1 weave it around and tuck under ,e4 ,weave five weavers around the sides of the basket1 beginning each time in a new place that the joints may not all come together1 then bend the upright shavings over the edge of the top weaver1 tucking the ends of each under the third weaver1 one inside1 the next outside1 as they may come inside or outside the basket 7,fig4 #de74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #de--;,bend the upright shavings over the top edge4 ,bind the ,edge with two binders the width of the side weavers4 ,hold one inside1 one outside1 and whip them on over and over1 taking the stitches with a narrow strip of shaving as shown in ,fig4 #df4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #df4--;,bind the edge with two binders4 ,cut two strips the width of your side weavers for ,the ,handle1 making one twelve inches and the other eleven inches long4 ,one inch from each end cut notches1 as in ,fig4 #dg4 ,slide the end of the short strip under the second weaver on one side of the basket and pull it up until the points catch on the weaver1 then tuck the end under the lower weaver 7see illustrations74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dg4--,notch the ends like this4 ,loop the handle diagonally over the basket and fasten the other end on the second weaver on the side4 ,secure the ends of the long strip on the third weaver1 allowing it to cross the other side of the handle at the top1 then bind the two pieces together at the middle by wrapping with a shaving of the same width over and over4 ,split this wrapper at the last end and tuck the two ends in at the sides4 ,fig4 #dh shows the under part of the handle with one end of the wrapper tucked in4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dh4--,tuck the two ends in at the sides4 ,you can make table-mats1 charming little handkerchief-cases1 and a number of other things of the dainty shavings1 all on the same principle as that of the basket4 ,illustration3 ,the handkerchief case4 ,to make ,the ,handkerchief-,case1 weave a square1 measuring eight inches1 of the narrow shavings1 just as you did for the bottom of the basket4 ,these shavings must be twelve inches long and you will probably need about thirty-two pieces4 ,when the square is finished tuck in the ends1 as around the edge of the basket1 then bend in three of the corners to meet at the middle and catch with needle and thread4 ,sew a quarter of a yard of bright ribbon where the corners join and another quarter of a yard on the loose corner4 7,see illustration47 ,put your handkerchiefs in the little pocket1 bring up the loose point1 and tie the ribbon in a pretty bow4 ,,chapter ,v ,,primitive ,,reed ,,curtains ,,these pretty rustic hangings can be made very easily and quickly4 ,they are light in weight and the general tone of coloring1 when the reeds have been carefully dried at home1 is a pleasing soft gray green1 with suggestions here and there of gray browns1 reds1 and yellows4 ,the curtains may be either of these reeds or fresh green cat-tails1 and even of the silvered gray stalks left standing from last season4 ,the cost in actual outlay of money for several curtains need be only a few cents for cord1 staple-tacks or nails1 and screw-eyes1 but1 like the early savage whose method of work you are imitating1 you must collect the ,raw ,material out in the open4 ,so away to the spot where the finest cat-tails grow1 gather a lot of them1 cutting the stalks off clean and smooth at the base1 that the cat-tails may not be bent or split1 for as reeds in your curtain they must be as near perfect as possible4 ,cut the velvety brown head off from each one1 making all of the stalks the same in length2 then1 with several long leaves twisted together for string1 tie the stalks into a bundle and march home with the treasure4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #di4--;,beginning a primitive curtain4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ej4--;,centre of twine tied on long stick4 ,an old bamboo fishing-rod1 a length of handle from a long-handled dusting or window brush1 or any kind of a long1 slender1 smooth1 round stick will do for the top curtain-pole from which to hang the reeds4 ,lay the pole across a table in front of and parallel to you2 then tie the centres of four pieces of cord of even lengths on it at equal distances from each other 7,fig4 #di74 ,detail of the work is given in ,fig4 #ej4 ,place a cat-tail reed up against the four ties1 allowing one string from each tie to come over and the other under the cat-tail 7,fig4 #ea74 ,cross the two lengths of each cord over the last cat-tail1 bringing the lower string up and the upper string down 7,fig4 #eb72 then lay another reed up against the crossed strings1 carrying the strings in turn over this reed 7,fig4 #ec74 ,again bring the lower strings up and the upper down before placing in another cat-tail1 and always alternate the large and small ends of the reeds as in ,fig4 #ed1 in order to have them equally balanced and to avoid bringing all the small ends on one side and the large ones on the other side of the curtain4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ea4--;,allow one string to come over and the other under the cat-tail4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eb4--;,cross the two lengths of twine4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ec4--,lay another cat-tail up against the crossed strings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ed4--;,alternate large and small ends of reeds4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ee--,primitive curtain of reeds and twine stitch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ef4--,staple nail in top pole of curtain4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eg4--;,cord fastened on top pole for rolling up curtain4 ,continue ,crossing the ,cord and adding cat-tails until the curtain is of the desired length4 ,tie the ends of the string on each line securely together and tuck them under the weave1 hiding the ends on the wrong side of the curtain 7,fig4 #ee74 ,at equal short distances from the tips of the head-pole fasten in a screw-eye large enough to pass readily over the two hooks immediately above the window where the curtain is to hang 7,fig4 #ee1 ,a1 ,a74 ,on the centre of the space along the upper side of the top pole1 between the first and second cord and the third and fourth cord1 drive in a staple-nail 7,fig4 #di1 ,b1 ,b71 shown more plainly in ,fig4 #ef4 ,these staple-nails are for holding in place the long cord used in rolling up the curtain 7,fig4 #eg1 ,b1 ,b1 and ,fig4 #eh1 ,b1 ,b74 ,thread one end of a long piece of cord from the back of the curtain through one staple-nail and the other end through the other staple-nail4 ,bring both ends of the cord down over the front of the curtain around the bottom and up over the back2 then tie the ends on the pole 7,fig4 #eg1 ,c1 ,c74 ,dotted lines show how the cord runs along the back of the curtain4 ,have the cord sufficiently long to allow of the stretch between the two staple-nails ,b and ,b 7,figs4 #eg and #eh71 to hang down over the back and extend in a loop below the bottom edge of the curtain 7,fig4 #eg1 ,d74 ,when you wish to raise the curtain1 pull the bottom loop and up will go the curtain 7,fig4 #eh74 ,these primitive hangings are just the thing for outing cottages on the sea-shore or log-houses in the mountains4 ,you can have fun weaving them while at your summer home and in place of the old-fashioned quilting-bee you might give a ,curtain-,bee ,frolic4 ,the girls and boys could readily make a number of hangings in one afternoon1 and while weaving the reeds together they would weave into the work all sorts of bright speeches and gay laughter1 so that ever after the curtains would be filled with delightful associations of the charming summer afternoon4 ,reed curtains can be fashioned in any width4 ,if very narrow hangings are in demand1 cut your reeds to measure the length needed for the curtain-width and weave them together with the same twine cross-weave used in ,fig4 #ee4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eh4--;,cat-tail curtain raised by loop from bottom4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ei4--,small end of one cat-tail4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fj4--,large end of another4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fa4--,wide curtain1 each reed of two cat-tails joined4 ,doorway-,screens hung on a swinging1 armlike rod extending1 when open1 at right angles with the doorway1 and easily moved forward or backward1 are attractive when of woven reeds1 especially if dull1 green-colored cord is used in the manufacture in place of ordinary twine4 ,for very wide out-of-door veranda-shades1 select the strongest cat-tails and dig out about two inches of pith from the large end of one cat-tail very cautiously to avoid breaking the sides2 then push the small end of another cat-tail into the opening 7,figs4 #ei1 #fj1 #fa72 weave these long pieces together as you wove the single reeds in the first curtain1 using extra lines of weave4 ,if you cannot obtain cat-tails1 take other reeds2 or cut some straight1 slender poles from shrubs or trees1 and weave them into curtains with colored cord of reds or browns4 ,such pole-hangings would be excellent for the open front of your mountain shack or lean-to1 and they could do service in screening the sunlight1 when too strong1 from the central open way of your saddle-bag log-house4 ,illustration3 ,sitting in the orchard ,,chapter ,,vi ,,things ,,to ,,make ,,of ,,common ,,grasses ,a ,grasshopper-,house ,,mammy1 make me a grasshopper-house4 ,go 'long1 chile1 ,i done got 'nough to do 'thout makin' no hoppergrass-houses4 ,please1 mammy1 only one1 and then ,i can make them for myself4 ,i'll watch you just as close4 ,won't you1 mammy8 ,pick me some grasses1 then2 ,i 'low ,i has to1 but don't yo' come pesterin' me no more after this time4 ,seed-top grasses1 honey1 seed-top grasses2 don't git me none of them blade kind4 ,ketch hol' near the top and pull 'em up slow like1 then they'll come out nice and smooth1 an' leave they ole rough skins behind1 just like a eel does when you skins him4 ,that's it1 you got 'nough now2 bring 'em 'long here an' we'll make the hoppergrass-house4 ,hol' your own hand1 honey1 you'll learn best that-a-way4 ,can't forgit the feelin' of it once you build it on yo' fingers4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fb4--,put the grass around your middle finger with the end inside4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fc4--,lay the next grass across the first4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fd4--;,bend back the ends of the first grass4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fe4--,put the next grass across your hand4 ,take one piece o' grass an' put it round yo' middle finger with the ends inside like this 7,fig4 #fb74 ,now lay the next piece right across the first 7,fig4 #fc71 an' bend back the ends of the first grass over the tother an' tuck 'em 'tween yo' fingers just like that 7,fig4 #fd74 ,put the next grass across yo' hand 7,fig4 #fe71 an' take up the second grass-ends1 bendin' 'em back to keep company with first grass-ends4 ,that makes another bar 7,fig4 #ff74 ,now yo' do it an' let mammy see how yo' git along4 ,that's right1 lay the grass across an' put the under ends back ev'ry time4 ,how many bars has yo' got now8 ,six8 ,that's 'nough fo' any hoppergrass1 an' is as many as yo' little hand can hol' anyway4 ,now slip it offen yo' fingers1 bring the ends together an' tie with a blade o' grass just above these here blossom ends 7see illustration74 ,there now1 yo' done made a hoppergrass-house1 an' don' yo' come askin' yo' ole mammy to stop her work no more4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ff4--;,bend back the second grass ends like the first4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fg4--,tie them together at the root ends4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fh4--,lift two of the grasses and tie them together4 ,that is the way the little girls and boys in the ,south are taught to make the grasshopper-houses1 by the old colored mammies4 ,they are funny little cages1 and1 of course1 will not hold a grasshopper or any other insect1 but we like to imagine they will4 ,there are other things to make of grasses1 any one of them requiring only a few moments' work1 and it is a pretty1 quiet occupation for restless little fingers4 ,sitting in the orchard1 nestling like little partridges amid the tall grasses1 all your materials are close at hand4 ,reach out and gather some of the long-bladed grass1 and we will make ,a ,doll's ,hammock ,some of this grass measures twenty-five inches in length4 ,it does not grow on stalks1 but the blade appears to spring directly from the root1 and it is smooth and pliable4 ,you may find orchard-grass almost any where1 generally in neglected corners and close to fences where the scythe does not reach4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #fi4--,tie them all in pairs4 ,illustration3 ,the grasshopper-house4 ,take eight or ten of the blades of this grass and tie them together at the root-ends as in ,fig4 #fg1 drawing the knot tight as in ,fig4 #fh4 ,stick a pin through just below the knot and fasten to your knee2 then lift two of the grasses at the right-hand side1 and tie them together about one inch below the pin 7,fig4 #fh74 ,tie the next two grasses together in the same manner1 the next1 and the next1 until you have tied them all in pairs 7,fig4 #fi74 ,make the second row by separating the pairs of the first and tying one grass of one pair to the neighboring grass of the next pair1 making the knots one inch below the first row4 ,this leaves the first and last grasses hanging loose 7,fig4 #gj74 ,on the third row the first and last grasses are tied in once more 7,fig4 #gj74 ,on the fourth they are left again1 and so they alternate until the hammock is finished4 ,keep the rows of knots at even distances apart1 and make the hammock as long as the length of the grass will allow4 ,leave about three inches of the grass below the last row of knots1 and then tie the ends together as in the illustration4 ,swing the little hammock between the low-hanging branches of a tree2 put your dolly in it and let the summer breezes rock her to sleep while you sing3 ,rock-a-by baby in the tree-top4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gj4--,make the knots of the second row one inch below the first row4 ,illustration3 ,the grass hammock4 ,a very pretty ,bouquet-,holder can be made of seed-grasses and one long blade of grass4 ,in this you may carry the most delicate wild flowers and ferns without wilting them by the warmth of your hand4 ,illustration3 ,bouquet-holder made of seed-grass4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ga4--;,bunch together the seed-grass stalks4 ,bunch together seven fine1 strong seed-grass stalks and tie just below the blossoms1 with the root-end of your long-blade grass 7,fig4 #ga74 ,the stems of the seed-grasses are the spokes1 the long grass the weaver4 ,turn the blossom-ends down1 the stem-ends up1 and close to where it is tied1 begin to weave the long grass in and out1 under one spoke1 over the next1 under the third1 over the fourth1 going around and around spirally until the end of the weaver is reached1 then tie it to one of the spokes4 ,keep forcing the spokes farther and farther apart as you weave until the holder is shaped like a cone4 ,as you see in the illustration1 the weaver never passes over one of the spokes twice in succession4 ,in one row it goes over a spoke1 in the next row under it1 in the third over again1 and so on4 ,in order that it may always come this way you must have an uneven number of spokes4 ,four will not do1 nor six1 nor eight1 but five1 seven1 or nine spokes will bring the weave out all right4 ,a ,grass ,napkin-,ring is another thing that can be made by weaving or braiding the grasses4 ,illustration3 ,grass napkin-ring4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gb4--,take one blade from each bunch and cross them4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gc4--;,bring ,c over ,a and ,d under ,b and over ,c4 ,select ten fine long blades of grass1 divide them into two bunches of five each1 put the root-ends together1 and tie them as when making the hammock4 ,pin these two bunches to your knee about two inches apart1 and taking one blade from each bunch1 cross them as in ,fig4 #gb1 the right-hand grass ,a on top of the left-hand grass ,b4 ,now bring the left-hand grass ,c over ,a1 and the right-hand grass ,d under ,b and over ,c 7,fig4 #gc74 ,next weave the left-hand grass ,e under ,a and over ,d1 then the right-hand grass ,f over ,b1 under ,c1 and over ,e4 ,weave the remaining four grasses in the same way1 taking first from one side1 then from the other4 ,when your work has reached the stage shown in ,fig4 #gd1 take the grass ,a1 turn it under and weave it in and out as in ,fig4 #gf1 then the grass ,b1 turn it over and weave until it crosses ,a 7,fig4 #gf74 ,d comes next1 to be woven until it crosses ,b1 then ,c1 which will cross ,d4 ,on the left hand always turn the grasses under before beginning to weave1 on the right hand turn them over before beginning to weave4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gd--,weave the remaining grasses in the same way4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gf4--,turn the grass ,a under1 and weave it in and out4 ,when ,you ,have ,woven or braided a strip about five inches long1 untie the two knots at the top1 form the braid into a ring and tie the opposite ends together in two knots4 ,the groups ,g and ,g in ,fig4 #gg form one knot1 the groups ,h and ,h the other knot4 ,trim the ends off neatly and the napkin-ring will look like the one in the illustration4 ,do not use rough or saw-edged grasses for any of this work1 for they sometimes cut the hands1 and the seed-top grasses must not be old enough to shed their seeds into your eyes4 ,when dry most grass is quite brittle and will break if you attempt to bend it4 ,the fresh1 green1 soft and pliable grasses are the kind you need and these you may always find in season4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gg4--,tie the opposite ends together4 ,,chapter ,,vii ,,the ,,possibilities ,,of ,a ,,clothes-,,line ,,you can form it into graceful patterns of curves and coils1 loops and rings2 you can weave it basket-fashion or net it together with brass curtain-rings1 and you can fray it out into soft1 pretty tassels4 ,you can make it into a decorative wood-basket1 a grille for an open doorway1 fringe for curtains and portires1 or decoration for the top of a wooden chest4 ,one use will suggest another and you will probably find some way of adapting the rope that has never yet been thought of4 ,hemp rope and cotton1 large rope and small1 down to the ordinary heavy twine1 all lend themselves to this work4 ,it requires a rather heavy clothes-line1 one considerably lighter1 called by some rope-cord1 and a piece of strong twine for the ,wood-,basket shown in the illustration4 ,make the bottom of a board two feet long and sixteen inches wide1 and on each end of the board nail securely one-half of a barrel-hoop 7,fig4 #gh74 ,from an old broom-stick cut four rounds one inch thick for the feet 7,fig4 #gi71 and fasten one round to each corner underneath the board with strong screws or wire nails 7,fig4 #gh1 ,z ,z74 ,this is all the wood you will need for the basket1 the rest is to be made entirely of rope4 ,illustration3 ,the wood-basket4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gh--,on each end nail one-half of a barrel-hoop4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #gi--;,for the feet4 ,take your small rope and nail one end of it to the edge of the bottom1 close to one end of one of the barrel-hoops 7,fig4 #hj71 then wrap the hoop with the rope1 one row close to another until it is completely covered4 ,cut off the rope when it reaches the end of the hoop and nail it down as you did the first end of the rope in beginning4 ,fasten a piece of the heavy rope entirely around the edge of the board1 nailing it at intervals along each side1 but leaving loose that at the end edges until later4 ,make the ,end ,pieces of the basket by looping and twisting the heavy rope into the pattern shown in ,fig4 #ha1 forming as many loops as are required to reach across the end of the bottom4 ,wrap and tie one row of the loops to the rope on the end edge of the board and the side loops to the hoops1 using the twine for this purpose4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hj4--,nail one end of the small rope to the edge of the bottom4 ,eight inches from the end of the bottom1 underneath but near the side edge1 nail one end of your heavy rope2 bring it up slantingly and wrap and tie it to the hoop just above and touching the top edge of the loops1 stretch the rope tightly across the hoop and tie at the other side1 then carry the end down and fasten underneath the bottom eight inches from the end of the board 7see illustration74 ,wrap and tie the top loops of the end piece to the top rope as shown in illustration4 ,finish the other end of the basket in the same manner1 not forgetting to nail in place the rope left loose at the end edges4 ,give the completed wood-basket several coats of dark varnish4 ,the varnish not only produces a nice finish1 smoothing down both wood and rope1 but also stiffens and helps to hold the rope in place4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ha4--,make the end pieces like this4 ,a ,rope ,netting at once simple and effective is made like ,fig4 #hb4 ,this netting may be made of heavy rope for a grille in an open doorway1 or of lighter rope for fringe4 ,in either case the method is the same4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hb4--;,a ,rope netting4 ,in a board1 at regular distances apart1 along a straight line1 drive a row of wire nails4 ,it depends upon the size of the rope how far apart the nails should be placed4 ,for a heavy rope there must be at least four inches between1 and this distance should lessen as the rope decreases in size4 ,cut your rope into pieces four feet in length if it is heavy1 not so long if it is light rope4 ,loop one piece of rope over each nail and let it hang down evenly1 then bring the first and fourth strands together and slip on them a small brass curtain or embroidery ring 7,letter ,a1 ,fig4 #hc74 ,push the ring up to within four inches of the line of nails if the nails are four inches apart4 ,if the distance between the nails is three inches the ring must be three inches below the line4 ,catch the ring to each strand of rope with needle and thread to hold it in place4 ,bring the third and sixth strands together and slip on a ring 7,letter ,b1 ,fig4 #hc74 ,then the fifth and seventh1 and so across the board4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hc4--,slip on a small brass curtain ring4 ,begin the next row by slipping a ring on the first and second strands1 placing it the same distance below the first row of rings that the first row of rings is below the line of nails 7,letter ,c1 ,fig4 #hc74 ,bring the third and fourth strands together with a ring1 the fifth and sixth1 continuing the original pairing of the strands until the row is complete4 ,the third row of rings brings together again the second and fourth strands1 the third and sixth1 as in the first row1 and the fourth row of rings goes back to pairing the first and second1 third and fourth strands4 ,the ,tassels ,below the last row of rings wrap and tie the strands together1 then untwist the ends of the rope up to where it is tied and fray it out until it becomes fluffy4 ,make the head of the tassel by wrapping closely with twine a short distance below the ring1 or you may slip on several of the brass rings as a finish4 ,the board on which you make your netting need not be any longer than is convenient to handle1 for when one part of the netting is finished it can be taken off the nails and new strands added to carry on the work4 ,fig4 #hd is an ornamental design suitable for decorating a wooden chest or1 if sewed on cloth1 for a hanging4 ,by studying the design you can easily reproduce it without the aid of description or other diagram4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hd4--,ornamental design4 ,,chapter ,,viii ,,how ,,to ,,weave ,a ,,splint ,,basket ,,your enthusiasm will begin when you find how easily the splint can be cut and shaped after it has soaked for a while in water4 ,it is delightful to work with1 almost as soft and pliable as ribbon1 while having more substance4 ,although there is apparently such diversity in the material shown in the illustration1 it all comes from one roll of splint1 which is uniform in width and thickness4 ,illustration3 ,weaving the sides of basket with long weaver4 ,a basket measuring about six inches in diameter and three inches in height is a convenient size on which to learn4 ,open ,your ,roll of ,splint1 put two pieces to soak in a bowlful of cold water1 and let them remain twenty minutes4 ,have ready a clean lap-board1 a pair of large scissors1 and an old towel4 ,the lap-board not only serves for a work-table1 but also keeps the water out of your lap4 ,wipe the dripping water from the splint1 and cut off six pieces nineteen inches long2 then cut these into sixteen strips one-half inch wide1 for the spokes of the basket4 ,do not attempt to tear the splint1 for it will not tear evenly4 ,from the other piece of splint cut four strips for weavers1 making the first one-half of an inch wide1 the next one-fourth of an inch wide1 another one-eighth of an inch wide1 and the last one-sixteenth of an inch wide4 ,place all the weavers in the water and leave them until you are ready to begin weaving4 ,take ,up the ,spokes1 one at a time1 and pass them between your fingers until they are perfectly straight and flat2 then number them all by writing the number with a pencil on each end of every spoke2 see diagram 7,fig4 #he74 ,lay the spokes in front of you on the lap-board crossing the first four at the centre 7,fig4 #he74 ,place the next four spokes in the spaces between the ones you have just arranged in the order shown in ,fig4 #hf1 then the remaining eight in the spaces left between these4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #he4--,the first four spokes4 ,for instance1 the ninth spoke should come between ,no4 #a and ,no4 #e1 the tenth spoke between ,no4 #e and ,no4 #c1 the eleventh spoke between ,no4 #c and ,no4 #f1 and so on around the circle 7,fig4 #hg74 ,be sure the lower end of a spoke fits between the same numbers as the upper end4 ,when all the spokes are placed hammer a strong pin directly through the centre where they are crossed1 to hold them together while you begin4 ,illustration3 ,bottom of basket completed4 ,illustration3 ,material for weaving basket4 ,illustration3 ,small basket with two rows of trimming on different colored weaver between4 ,illustration3 ,lining the basket4 ,the ,weaving ,with the spokes lying in the position shown in diagram 7,fig4 #hg71 take the eighth-inch weaver1 and begin to weave it in and out of the spokes4 ,start it under spoke ,no4 #a about two and one-half inches from the centre1 bring it over ,no4 #i1 under ,no4 #e1 over ,no4 #aj1 under ,no4 #c1 over1 under1 over1 under1 until it has crossed spoke ,no4 #af2 then skip ,no4 #a1 bring the weaver under ,no4 #i1 and weave another row4 ,you will find it necessary to skip one spoke at the beginning of each row1 in order to make a continuous under-and-over weave4 ,weave five rows with the eighth-inch weaver1 then slide the end under the last row1 lapping it an inch or so and running it under several spokes1 to hide the joint4 ,slip the first end under a spoke also4 ,during this part of the work your main endeavor must be to weave in a perfect circle4 ,the illustration shows the bottom of the basket completed4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hf4--;,eight spokes in place4 ,before bending the spokes for the sides of the basket1 let them soak in the water a few minutes1 then place the work on the lap-board1 the same side up as when started1 and carefully bend the spokes up at right-angles with the bottom 7,fig4 #hh74 ,start a half-inch weaver inside the basket1 close to the bottom1 and weave under and over until the row is complete2 then1 allowing for a lap of about three inches1 cut the weaver off and slide the end under the first end of the weaver1 making the invisible joint by tucking each end under a spoke4 ,start the next row a little beyond the joint of the first row1 that the joining may not all come in one place4 ,weave five rows of the half-inch weaver1 then two rows of the fourth-inch weaver and then bind off 7,fig4 #hi74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hg4--;,all of the spokes in place4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hh4--;,bend the spokes up4 ,binding ,off ,cut the spokes off evenly1 leaving about two inches extending above the top of the basket1 then put the basket in the water1 spokes down1 and soak until pliable4 ,bend each spoke down snugly over the top weaver1 and slip the end through the next weaver1 pushing it down until its end is hidden under one of the weavers4 ,bend one spoke inside1 the next outside the basket1 according as they come inside or outside of the top weaver 7,fig4 #hi74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #hi4--;,binding off4 ,this binding off holds the top weaver in place and makes the basket very firm2 but the spokes must be protected from wear where they are bent1 and it is necessary to put a double band around the edge4 ,for this band cut two pieces of the fourth-inch weaver which will go around the basket and lap about an inch4 ,place one piece along the inside edge1 the other along the outside edge of the basket1 and with the sixteenth-inch weaver bind them to the top weaver1 as shown in ,diagram #ij4 ,fasten the end by taking several cross-stitches with the narrow weaver1 passing it under the inside band only1 and tucking the end under the same band4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ij4--,putting on the band4 ,the ,trimming ,many splint baskets are trimmed with twisted loops of the same material4 ,for this trimming take one of the half-inch weavers and cut a thread's width off its edge1 making it just a trifle narrower than the other weaver4 ,insert the end of this weaver under a spoke at the top of the basket 7letter ,a1 ,diagram #ia71 give a twist to the left1 and pass it beneath the next spoke1 as shown in ,diagram #ia1 letter ,b4 ,pull the loop down and flatten it a little with your thumb1 then twist the weaver again1 this time to the right1 and slip the end under the next spoke1 letter ,c4 ,continue this around the basket1 and make the joint of the trimming as you did the other joints1 by lapping the ends and slipping them under the spokes1 which makes the last loop of double thickness4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ia4--,making the trimming4 ,the small basket shown in the illustration has two rows of trimming1 and between them is run a weaver of another color pulled out into loops at the sides4 ,the illustration on the first page of this chapter shows a large basket with four rows of trimming and handles4 ,the handles are made of the fourth-inch weaver1 which is brought around twice1 making a ring of double thickness4 ,the ring is then wrapped with the eighth-inch weaver1 and fastened to the basket with loops of the same4 ,the weaving of this large basket differs from the smaller one1 in that the weaver is not cut at the end of each row1 but is continued around row after row4 ,for a large basket the half-inch weaver can be used in this way1 but in a small basket the slant of the weaver as it runs around is too apparent4 ,if a long weaver is used in a small basket it must not be more than one-eighth of an inch in width4 ,while baskets of the natural white splint are extremely dainty1 color certainly gives variety and adds interest to the work1 and the splints will take dye readily4 ,you might also line your basket with silk of a color to harmonize with the splint4 ,the white-ash splint one and one-half inches wide comes in rolls of twenty-five yards1 and a roll will make several medium-sized baskets4 ,the material may be obtained of almost any kindergarten supply firm4 ,,chapter ,,ix ,,modelling ,,in ,,tissue-,,paper ,a ,,few cents will be sufficient to buy enough tissue-paper to model good-sized elephants1 too large to stuff into the ,christmas stocking1 for they measure six or seven inches in length and stand four or five inches high2 and you can make chickens nearly life-size1 and the queer little turkeys1 too4 ,you must select paper of the necessary color1 and fold1 roll1 fold1 squeeze1 fold1 tie1 with here a little pull and there a little pat1 a spreading out1 a pinching in2 that is all4 ,there is no sewing1 no pasting1 no pinning1 merely modelling and tying1 using only tissue-paper and string4 ,these animals are very substantial and unique4 ,they are not at all thin or flat1 but well rounded out and lifelike1 with character and independence enough to stand alone--just the kind your little brother and sister will be delighted with1 for they may play with the toys free from all danger of hurts or bruises4 ,to ,make the ,chicken select a sheet of tissue-paper of a soft yellow color1 cut it through the centre1 fold into two pieces4 ,take one of the halves and gather up the long edge where it has been cut 7,fig4 #ib71 then gather the opposite edge 7,fig4 #ic74 ,crease the paper as it is folded by holding one end with the right hand 7,fig4 #ib71 and drawing the paper several times through the partially closed left hand4 ,this will cause it to retain the creases1 as seen in ,fig4 #ic4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ib4--,the beginning of the paper chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ic--,second step in modelling chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #id4--,third step in modelling chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ie4--;,fourth step in modelling chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #if4--;,fifth step in modelling chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ig4--;,head and body of chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ih4--,modelling the chicken's legs4 ,roll a separate piece of paper into a little wad and lay it on the creased strip 7,fig4 #ic7 about one-fourth of the distance from one end4 ,bend the short end of the strip over the wad of paper1 as in ,fig4 #id2 then fold up the strip where the end of the short fold lies1 bend this over the first fold 7,fig4 #ie7 and bring the loose end on the bottom of the three layers4 ,fig4 #if shows a wad of paper inserted at one end of a strip of creased paper folded over and over three times1 making four layers1 two on top and two on the bottom of the paper wad4 ,wind a string around the paper tight up to the wad and tie it securely to form the head 7,fig4 #ig74 ,you now have the body and head of the chicken4 ,make the legs and feet of a strip of paper about sixteen inches long and seven and one-half wide4 ,gather up the two long sides with your fingers as you did the paper in ,fig4 #ic2 crease the paper1 then wind each leg with string1 leaving one inch free at each end to form the feet 7,fig4 #ih74 ,lift up the free end of the folded paper 7,fig4 #ig7 and place the centre of the legs 7,fig4 #ih7 midway under the last fold as in ,fig4 #ii4 ,tie the end of the loose layer of the body securely on the body1 and you will have the foundation ready for the beak1 wings1 and tail 7,fig4 #ajj74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ii4--,modelling body and legs of chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ajj4--,partially modelled ready for beak1 wings and tail4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aja4--,the beak of chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ajb4--,modelling beak on chicken4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ajc4--,paper chicken nearly finished4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ajd4--;,hungry little paper chicken4 ,cut a square of the same kind of tissue paper1 measuring nine and one-half inches on all four sides2 fold diagonally twice across the square as when making a paper pin-wheel4 ,the centre of the square is exactly where the diagonal lines meet and cross2 pinch the centre portion up into a beak and tie it with a string 7,fig4 #aja72 then fit the beak over the centre of the chicken's head1 bringing the paper entirely over the head on all sides2 tie the square around the chicken's neck close up to the head 7,fig4 #ajb74 ,the two points ,a and ,b of the square must form the wings1 while ,c is carried backward over the under portion of the body and ,d back over the upper part1 the two ends ,c and ,d being brought together and tied tight up to the body to form the tail4 ,in ,fig4 #ajc you will see exactly how to pinch up the wing if you notice particularly the upper part of the wing ,b1 next to the body4 ,the wing ,a on ,fig4 #ajc shows how the two wings must be tied close to1 but not on1 the body4 ,when each wing is tied1 make the tail of ,c and ,d by tying the extensions together as explained above2 that done1 bend down the legs1 spread out the wings and tail1 open out and flatten the feet1 then stand the little chicken on a level surface 7,fig4 #ajd74 ,remember always to crease the tissue-paper with the grain of the paper2 if you attempt to cross the grain the paper will be very apt to tear4 ,the ,turkey ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aje4--,the astonished paper turkey4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ajf4--,modelling turkey's body4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ajg4--,legs and feet of turkey4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ajh4--;,head modelled on turkey4 7,fig4 #aje7 is also modelled from half a sheet of tissue-paper as near the general color of a turkey as can be found4 ,make ,fig4 #ib and ,fig4 #ic of the paper2 then fold ,fig4 #ic five and three-quarter inches from one end 7,fig4 #ajf1 ,f74 ,three inches from this end tie the two layers together 7,fig4 #ajf1 ,g74 ,fold the strips back and tie a string through the lower loop up over the loose top layer 7,fig4 #ajf1 ,h74 ,wind the extreme end of the paper 7,fig4 #ajf1 ,o71 with string to form the beak 7,fig4 #ajg71 bend the beak down and tie it to the neck to form the top of the head 7,fig4 #ajh1 ,p74 ,make the legs and feet as you did those for the chicken 7,fig4 #ih7 and slide them through the body so that one fold of the body will be above and two beneath the legs 7,fig4 #ajg74 ,cut the wings from a separate piece of tissue-paper 7,fig4 #aji74 ,let the paper measure seven inches on the widest side1 five on the opposite side1 and four and one-half on each of the other sides4 ,pinch the paper together through the centre and tie 7,fig4 #aaj74 ,gather up one wing1 so that it will not tear1 and slip it through the body1 immediately over the legs1 with the widest side toward the front 7,fig4 #aje71 leaving the other wing out free on the other side of the turkey4 ,bend down the legs1 spread the tail out fan shape and bend it up2 open out the wings and drop them downward and forward 7,fig4 #aje74 ,flatten out the feet and stand up the turkey 7,fig4 #aje74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aji4--,paper for turkey wings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aaj4--,turkey wings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aaa4--;,elephant modelled of tissue-paper4 ,the ,elephant 7,fig4 #aaa7 will require two sheets of brown tissue-paper for its body1 head1 and trunk1 which are all made of a single strip of paper4 ,unfold1 spread out and fit the two sheets of tissue-paper together2 then gather up one side1 as in ,fig4 #ib1 crease and gather up the other side 7,fig4 #ic74 ,bind one end with black thread to the distance of four and one-half inches to form the trunk2 then fold the remainder of the strip into four layers1 beginning with the free end of the paper2 fold over and over three times4 ,this gives the body and head4 ,bind black thread around the folds next to the trunk to form the head4 ,make four legs of two pieces of paper in the same way you formed those of the chicken 7,fig4 #ih71 only the elephant's legs must be very much thicker4 ,slide the legs through the body between the two layers of paper1 shove the front legs forward and the hind legs backward4 ,for the tail use a small strip of the brown tissue-paper4 ,wrap it around and around with black thread to within an inch of the bottom and cut this end up into fringe4 ,fasten the tail on the elephant with black thread1 pass the thread between the first and second layers of paper forming the back of the body of the animal and tie the tail on the outside threads which cross from side to side of the elephant2 bend the top of the tail over the thread1 as you would hang a garment on a clothes-line1 and tie the bent-over end down on to the tail proper4 ,shape the ears like ,fig4 #aab1 pinch together the end ,s and tuck it under the thread which separates the head from the body4 ,allow the long side1 ,m1 to form the front of the ears4 ,you can add white ivory tusks if desired4 ,roll up two white writing-paper lighters and push an end of each up in the head under the trunk1 forming one tusk on each side4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aab4--;,elephant's ear4 ,in making these little creatures do not forget that you must do some modelling1 bending and shaping them with your fingers1 squeezing up the paper where it stands out too far1 and gently pulling it out in places where it flattens too much4 ,the heads can be turned to suit the fancy1 the bodies inclined this or that way1 or they may stand stiff and erect4 ,you might model a number of chickens1 of different-colored paper1 some yellow1 some white1 and others black1 like real chickens2 or make several turkeys and two or three elephants1 some of the latter with tusks and others without4 ,the toys when finished will cause exclamations of delight and approval4 ,they are simple and easy to put together1 something which will not cost much and yet be worth many times the amount expended for the necessary material to manufacture4 ,the little animals are attractive1 substantial toys1 entirely different from the common ones which any girl or boy with sufficient pocket money may purchase4 ,,chapter ,x ,,nature ,,study ,,with ,,tissue-,,paper ,a natural flower1 some tissue-paper1 a pair of scissors1 a spool of thread1 and nimble fingers are all you need4 ,there are no patterns1 only circles and squares and strips of paper which you gather here1 spread out there1 wrap and tie some place else and1 with deft fingers1 model into almost exact reproductions of the natural flower before you4 ,with its unfamiliar terms to be committed to memory and the many parts of the flower to be distinguished1 botany is apt to prove dry and tiresome to the little child1 but to study nature by copying the flowers in this marvellously adaptable material is only a beautiful game which every child1 and indeed many grown people1 will delight in4 ,the form of the flower1 its name and color1 may1 by this means1 be indelibly stamped upon the memory1 and a good foundation laid for further study4 ,the ,best ,models ,ordinary garden flowers and those most easily procured make the best models4 ,the carnation-pink1 the morning-glory1 and the rarer blossoms of the hibiscus1 are well adapted to the work1 also the daffodil and some of the wonderful orchids4 ,even holly with its sharp-spiked leaves and scarlet berries and the white-berried1 pale-green mistletoe may be closely copied4 ,all these and many more are made on the same principle and in so simple a manner even quite a little child may succeed in producing very good copies from ,nature4 ,material ,buy a sheet of light pink tissue-paper1 another of darker pink1 and one of the darkest red you can find4 ,then a sheet of light yellow-green and one of dark green4 ,have a table cleared for action and place your paper on the right-hand side1 adding a pair of scissors and a spool of coarse thread1 or1 better still1 of soft darning-cotton4 ,illustration3 ,carnations modelled from tissue-paper4 ,with all this you are to copy the ,carnation-pink which someone has given you or you have growing in your own garden4 ,make one of your light pink paper1 one of the darker pink1 and another of the rich1 deep red to have a variety4 ,lay your natural flower down on the left-hand side of the table1 away from your material but quite within easy reach1 for it must be consulted frequently4 ,seat yourself comfortably and don't work hurriedly4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aac4--;,fold the square diagonally through the centre4 ,the first thing necessary in this system of squares and circles is to know ,how to ,cut a ,circle ,quickly1 easily and accurately1 and always without a pattern4 ,here is a method which never fails3 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aad4--,the first triangle4 ,cut a square the size you wish to make your circle4 ,that is1 if you want a circle with a diameter of four inches cut a four-inch square 7,fig4 #aac74 ,fold the square diagonally through the centre according to the dotted line on ,fig4 #aac1 and you have the triangle 7,fig4 #aad74 ,fold this at the dotted line and it will make another triangle 7,fig4 #aae74 ,again fold through the middle and you have the third triangle 7,fig4 #aaf74 ,fold once more and ,fig4 #aag is the result4 ,measure the distance from the edge1 ,b1 to the centre ,a in ,fig4 #aag and mark the same distance on the other side of the angle shown by the dot1 ,c 7,fig4 #aag74 ,with your scissors cut across from ,c to ,b1 curving the edge slightly1 as shown by the dotted line from ,c to ,b 7,fig4 #aah74 ,fig4 #aai is the circle still in its folds4 ,fig4 #abj is the circle opened1 the dotted lines indicating where it has been folded4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aae4--,second triangle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aaf4--,third triangle4 ,your eye will soon become sufficiently accurate to enable you to gauge the distance from ,a to ,b1 and you can then cut from ,c to ,b without measuring4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aag4--;,fold once more4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aah4--;,cut from ,c to ,b1 curving the edge4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aai4--,the circle still in its folds4 ,before ,beginning ,your ,flower take up the natural one and examine it carefully4 ,you will notice that it has a great many petals crowded closely together and that their edges are pointed like a saw4 ,you will also see that the green calyx is wrapped snugly around the lower part of the flower and that it1 too1 has a pointed edge4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abj4--,the circle opened4 ,now hold the pink off at arm's length4 ,the separateness of the petals disappears and you see them only as a mass2 the points on the edges are not noticeable except as they give the flower a crimped appearance1 and the edge of the calyx looks almost straight4 ,it is this last appearance or the impression of the flower that you are to produce rather than its many and separate little parts4 ,so now to work4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aba4--,the petals4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abb4--;,crimp the edge with your fingers4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abc4--;,draw these through your hand to bring them closely together4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abd4--,make a slender lighter4 ,cut ,two ,squares for ,each ,pink1 one measuring five and one-quarter inches1 the other four and three-quarter inches1 and turn them into circles 7,fig4 #aba7 by the method just explained4 ,take one of the circles at the centre1 where the folding lines cross1 with the tips of the fingers of your left hand and pinch it together2 then1 while still holding it1 crimp the edge with the fingers of your right hand 7,fig4 #abb74 ,do this always with every kind of flower1 whether it is made of circles or squares4 ,without loosening your hold of the centre1 draw the paper lightly through your right hand several times1 then crimp the edge again1 this time with the blade of your scissors4 ,treat all the circles alike1 then place a small circle inside a larger one and draw them through your hand to bring them together1 pinching them closely until within a little over an inch of the edge 7,fig4 #abc74 ,make a slender lighter of ordinary writing-paper 7,fig4 #abd71 snip off the point of the flower 7,d1 ,fig4 #abc71 open the other end a little and push the lighter through until its head is hidden4 ,this forms the stem4 ,wrap and tie with thread at the bottom of the flower 7,fig4 #abe71 and again where the petals spread4 ,this last is to be but temporary1 as you will remove the thread when the flower is sufficiently pressed together to hold its shape4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abf4--,the calyx4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abe4--,wrap and tie at the bottom and where the petals spread4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abg4--,wrap the paper spirally around the stem4 ,from your light-green paper cut a circle measuring three and one-quarter inches through its diameter and cut it in two to make the half circle for the calyx 7,fig4 #abf74 ,remove the thread that holds the flower just below its petals and wrap the calyx closely around the lower part1 tying it at the bottom2 then cut a narrow strip of dark-green paper and wrap it spirally around the stem1 beginning at the top 7,fig4 #abg74 ,let the wrapper extend a little below the lighter and twist the end to hold it in place4 ,spread the petals of your flower as much like the natural blossom as possible4 ,leaves ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abh4--,the leaves4 ,for the leaves cut a strip of dark-green paper six inches long and three-quarters of an inch wide 7,fig4 #abh74 ,find the centre by folding the paper end to end and making the crease shown by dotted line in ,fig4 #abh4 ,gather it along this line1 not with needle and thread--we use no needle in this work--but with your fingers1 and pinch it together2 then twist each end into a point 7,fig4 #abi74 ,with the sharp point of your scissors punch a hole directly through the centre 7,e1 ,fig4 #abi71 and push the point of the stem through the hole1 bringing the leaves as far up on the stem as you find them on the natural flower2 then wrap and tie them in place4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #abi4--,twist each end into a point4 ,the ,bud is made of a circle of dark-green paper the diameter of which is three and one-quarter inches 7,fig4 #acj74 ,gather this circle between your fingers as you did the others and crimp the edge with the scissors4 ,it will then form a little bag or cup like ,fig4 #aca4 ,slip the bag over the head of a lighter and tie at the bottom as in ,fig4 #acb4 ,if the bud does not take the proper shape at first1 model it with your fingers until it is correct4 ,start the wrapping of the stem just above where the bud is tied and finish as you did the stem of the pink4 ,use small leaves on the bud stem1 having the strip of paper just as wide1 but considerably shorter than for the leaves on the stem of the open flower4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #acj4--,the bud4 ,fig4 #aca4 ,it is wonderful how very natural these blossoms appear4 ,at a short distance no one would think they are not the real1 old and familiar pinks4 ,only the fragrance is missing1 and that may also be supplied and a spicy odor given by enclosing a whole clove in the heart of each flower4 ,the ,morning-,glory ,from your pale-pink paper you can make the delicately beautiful morning-glory4 ,have the natural flower with its stem and leaves to copy from1 even if the blossom is not the color you want4 ,as with the pink1 it is the general form and appearance we strive for in the morning-glory1 not the detail4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #acb4--,slip the bag over the head of a lighter4 ,make your pink circles with a diameter of about seven inches4 ,it is always better to have your flowers a trifle larger than the natural ones1 rather than smaller4 ,but one circle is required for each morning-glory4 ,crimp this in your fingers and draw through your hand as you did the circles for the pinks2 then1 pinching it together to within one and one-half inches of the edge1 hold it in your left hand and flatten out the top as in ,fig4 #acc4 ,see that the fulness is evenly distributed1 and pull and straighten out the edges until you are satisfied with its appearance4 ,illustration3 ,morning-glory modelled from tissue-paper4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #acc4--;,flatten out the top of the flower4 ,a piece of bonnet-wire makes the best stem if you wish to give the true viney effect of the growth4 ,if it is only the blossom you are making1 a paper lighter will answer4 ,when you use the wire bend one end over to form a small loop2 this is to keep the stem from slipping through the flower4 ,pass the straight end of the wire through the centre of the flower and draw it down until the loop is hidden4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #acd4--;,green square for calyx4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ace4--;,draw the edges down4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #acf4--;,form a leaf-shaped point4 ,make ,the ,calyx of a square of light-green paper measuring about four and one-half inches4 ,fold the square four times through the centre to form the creases shown by the dotted lines in ,fig4 #acd4 ,hold the square at the centre and draw the edges down as in ,fig4 #ace2 then bring the two edges together in gathers1 just below one of the corners1 to form a leaf-shaped point as in ,fig4 #acf4 ,gather below each corner1 tie as in ,fig4 #acg1 and twist each corner into a sharp point like ,f1 ,fig4 #acg4 ,draw the calyx through your hand1 bringing the points together 7,fig4 #ach74 ,push the calyx up on the stem and tie just at the base of the flower1 then tie again about three-quarters of an inch below and wrap the remainder of the calyx close to the stem4 ,wind the stem with light-green tissue-paper and bend it as the natural one is bent and curved4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #acg4--,twist each corner into a point4 ,make several buds of the pink paper1 following the directions given for the green bud of the pink2 then twist each bud at the point and add a calyx4 ,the wilted flower shown in the illustration is made by taking one of the morning-glories you have just finished and actually wilting it by drawing the flower together and creasing and pressing it to resemble the partially closed and drooping natural blossom4 ,only a piece of dark-green paper six inches square is required to model two almost perfectly shaped morning-glory leaves4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ach4--;,bring the points together4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aci4--;,gather along one of the creases4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #adj4--,the morning-glory leaves4 ,fold the square twice diagonally across from corner to corner to find its centre2 then begin at one corner and gather along one of the creases until you reach the centre 7,fig4 #aci74 ,start again at the opposite corner1 gather along the crease to the centre1 then wrap and tie 7,fig4 #adj74 ,pinch each leaf from underneath along the crease in the middle1 to give the depression at the midrib4 ,straighten the leaf out a little at its widest part and you will find you have made a pair of leaves which are surprisingly natural4 ,wrap and tie these to the stem and make as many more as you think are needed4 ,the ,daffodil is of such a different nature it hardly seems possible that it can be made on the same principle as the other flowers1 yet the work is practically the same4 ,illustration3 ,daffodils modelled from tissue-paper4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ada4--;,for the two extra petals4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #adb4--,pinch and tie in place4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #add4--;,cut off the ragged end4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ade4--;,fit each loose petal between two of the others4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #adc4--;,bring together the fan of paper below the petal4 ,match the tint of your natural daffodil in yellow tissue-paper as nearly as possible1 and then cut two squares for each flower measuring about five and one-half inches4 ,fold the squares crosswise and diagonally through the centre as you did for the calyx of the morning-glory 7,fig4 #acd71 and cut one square in half along one of its diagonal folds 7,fig4 #ada74 ,gather the square two and a quarter inches below each corner and tie as in ,fig4 #acg1 but do not twist the points4 ,this gives you four petals1 but as the daffodil has six1 you must make two more from the triangular halves of the square you have just cut4 ,gather each triangle across from side to side1 according to the dotted line in ,fig4 #ada1 and pinch and tie in place as in ,fig4 #adb1 making sure the petal is of exactly the same size as those on the square4 ,bring together the fan of paper left below the petal and wrap and tie as in ,fig4 #adc1 then cut off the ragged end 7,fig4 #add74 ,draw the petals of the square together as you did the calyx1 and insert the stem made of a paper lighter4 ,put in place the two extra petals1 pushing the wrapped ends down into the heart of the flower2 fit each loose petal between two of the others and tie 7,fig4 #ade74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #adf4--,pinch the cup together4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #adg4--,slip the cup on your finger like a thimble4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #adh4--;,insert the stem of the cup into the centre of the flower4 ,turn back to the bud of the pink 7,fig4 #acj71 and from a circle of the yellow paper1 with a diameter of four inches1 make the cup 7,fig4 #aca71 using the scissors to give a fine crimp to the edges4 ,pinch the cup together at the bottom almost half-way up and tie 7,fig4 #adf72 slip it on your finger like a thimble and press it into shape like ,fig4 #adg4 ,insert the point or stem of the cup into the centre of the flower and tie in place just below the petals 7,fig4 #adh74 ,cut a two and three-quarter-inch square from light-brown paper and divide it diagonally in half for the calyx4 ,examine your natural daffodil and notice how loosely the calyx seems to be wrapped around the flower4 ,imitate this by leaving the point loose at the top1 while you wrap the bottom of the calyx closely around the stem4 ,allow the wrapping for the stem to cover the lower part of the brown calyx4 ,make several long1 narrow leaves from strips of dark-green paper1 two inches wide and of varying lengths4 ,twist one end of each leaf into a point and1 gathering the other end1 draw it through your hands until it stands up stiffly4 ,wrap each leaf partly around the stem and tie in place1 following as closely as possible the natural growth of the leaf on the stem4 ,bend the stem just below each flower1 being careful not to break the paper lighter which forms it4 ,if you use thread the color of the flowers for tying and green for the stems the effect will be almost perfect4 ,,chapter ,,xi ,a ,,new ,,race ,,of ,,dolls ,,like the little animals1 these dolls are modelled of tissue-paper and they are equally substantial and durable4 ,the dolls1 as well as their dresses1 shoes1 and bonnets1 are made without taking a stitch or using glue or paste4 ,nothing could be prettier or more suitable to hang on the ,christmas-tree than these little ladies decked out in their fluffy tissue-paper skirts1 and nothing will give greater delight to the children4 ,illustration3 ,here she comes4 ,little ,miss ,muffett4 ,to make ,little ,miss ,muffett you will need eight sheets of white tissue-paper1 two sheets of flesh pink1 not too deep in color1 a quarter of a sheet of light-brown or yellow1 and a small piece of black4 ,her underclothes will require one sheet of white and her dress and bonnet one sheet of any color you consider most becoming4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #adi4--;,creased tissue-paper for making doll4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aej4--,six sheets of tissue-paper folded together for making doll4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aea4--;,head of doll4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aeb4--;,head tied on body4 ,take one sheet of the white paper at a time and draw it lengthwise through your hands1 creasing or crimping it as in ,fig4 #adi4 ,do this to all the eight sheets4 ,then1 pulling six of them partly open1 place them evenly one on top of another and fold through the middle 7,fig4 #aej74 ,take another sheet of the crimped paper and roll it into a ball like ,fig4 #aea4 ,open the folded paper1 place the ball in the middle1 bring the paper down over the ball and wrap and tie just below with coarse linen thread or white darning-cotton 7,fig4 #aeb74 ,this is the head1 which you must model into shape with your fingers1 squeezing it out to make it fuller and rounder at the back and pinching it to give a chin to the face4 ,fold another crimped sheet like ,fig4 #aec for the arms4 ,you will notice the ends do not quite reach the folds4 ,the space left should measure a little over one inch4 ,crimp half a sheet of the pink paper and with it cover the arms2 allow the pink to extend equally at each end beyond the white and fold over the ends1 tying them as in ,fig4 #aed4 ,then tie the loose ends down as in ,fig4 #aee4 ,open the paper just below the head1 slip the arms in place and tie below 7,fig4 #aef74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aec4--;,beginning the arms4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aed4--,pink paper over arms4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aee4--,outside of arms tied over inside4 ,spread out your smooth sheet of pink paper1 place the doll's head directly in the centre and draw the paper down over head and body2 keep it as smooth as possible over the face and wrap and tie at the neck 7,fig4 #aeg74 ,push the pink paper up on the shoulders and cut a slit about six inches long lengthwise through the middle of the entire mass of paper1 as shown in ,fig4 #aeg4 ,wrap and tie each of the legs 7,fig4 #aeh7 and tie once more under the arms 7,fig4 #afa74 ,fold the bottom edges under and model the feet in shape 7,fig4 #aeh74 ,the wrappings at the thighs and knees take slanting lines1 which give a more natural shape to the legs than if the thread were simply wrapped round and round as at the ankles4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aef4--;,arms in place4 ,paint the ,face of ,little ,miss ,muffett with water-colors1 placing the features low on the head to give a babyish look1 and make the eyes large and mouth small4 ,color the cheeks and chin a deeper pink1 and put little touches of red just above the eyes near the inner corners and little streaks of blue just below the eyes4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aeg4--,the pink skin of tissue-paper over doll4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aeh4--,modelling legs of doll4 ,miss ,muffett's curls are furnished by ,the ,wig1 which you are to make of brown or yellow paper1 or black if you want a little brunette4 ,cut a circle seven and one-half inches in diameter1 and on the edge cut a fringe one inch in depth 7,fig4 #aei74 ,this is the hair1 which you must curl by drawing it lightly over the blade of a penknife or scissors 7,fig4 #aei74 ,fit the wig on ,miss ,muffett's head1 holding it in place with pins until you can tie it on just back of the curls 7,fig4 #afa74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aei4--,the wig4 ,now for the little lady's clothes4 ,to make ,the ,shoes1 which will be her first article of dress1 cut out of the black tissue-paper two circles measuring four and one-half inches in diameter 7,fig4 #afj72 place one foot in the middle of a circle1 draw the paper up around the ankle and wrap a number of times before tying4 ,put the other shoe on the other foot in the same manner1 and your doll will look like ,fig4 #afa4 ,illustration3 ,the shoe4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afj4--,pattern of shoe4 ,miss ,muffett's ,lingerie consists of a union garment 7,fig4 #afb7 and a white skirt 7,fig4 #afc74 ,from one end of your remaining sheet of white paper cut a strip about seven inches wide1 and at the middle cut a slit half-way up 7,fig4 #afb74 ,draw this through your hands to crimp it1 the creases to run lengthwise1 that is1 from top to bottom4 ,fit the little garment to the body1 tying it just below the arms and again above the knees1 where it will form ruffles4 ,cut the white skirt in a circle seventeen inches in diameter with a circular opening in the centre 7,fig4 #afc74 ,crimp the skirt and put it on over the feet1 not the head1 of the doll1 wrapping and tying it in place around the waist4 ,not only may tissue-paper be purchased in all colors1 with their various shades and tints1 but in pretty little checks1 plaids1 and figures as well1 so ,miss ,muffett may have a dress equal in appearance to the cotton or silk gown of her china sisters4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afa4--,ready to be dressed4 ,cut the skirt of ,the ,dress after the white skirt pattern 7,fig4 #afc71 and the waist like the smaller circle 7,fig4 #afd71 which has one slit1 from outer to inner edge1 added to the opening at the centre4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afb4--,union garment4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afc4--,white skirt4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afd4--,waist pattern4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afe4--,pattern for sun-bonnet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aff4--;,bonnet folded4 ,this waist circle should measure ten inches in diameter4 ,do not crimp the dress skirt1 but put it on in all its crisp freshness1 and tie in place at the waist-line4 ,adjust the waist on ,miss ,muffett1 bringing the slit opening at the back4 ,it looks very much like a cape now1 doesn't it8 ,but draw the fulness in at the bottom and around the arms at the shoulders1 and you have a little waist with full short sleeves4 ,tie the waist rather high1 and bring it down to bag slightly over the skirt as shown in the illustration of ,miss ,muffett4 ,cut ,the ,sun-,bonnet of the same paper as the dress4 ,fig4 #afe shows the pattern1 which is ten inches long and nine inches wide4 ,fold the straight edge over three times1 according to the dotted lines in ,fig4 #afe1 making the folds one and one-quarter inches wide4 ,fig4 #aff shows the bonnet folded1 and the dotted line around the curve indicates where it is to be gathered in at the neck4 ,illustration3 ,the sun-bonnet4 ,fit ,fig4 #aff on ,miss ,muffett's head1 allowing the folded edge to extend slightly beyond her face1 then draw the bonnet down at the back and gather it in with your fingers until it sits snugly to the neck4 ,through the middle of the fold1 one inch from each end1 puncture a hole1 and through these two holes pass the thread that goes around the back of the bonnet and ties under ,miss ,muffett's chin4 ,see illustration of sun-bonnet4 ,,chapter ,,xii ,,an ,,indian ,,encampment ,,an ,indian encampment for your very own6 ,a wigwam1 camp-fire1 ,indian travois1 blanket-weaving loom1 gorgeous feathered head-dress1 bow1 arrows and shield1 tomahawk1 wampum1 and a little copper-colored papoose in its funny stiff cradle1 hanging on a tree entirely alone6 ,does not all that sound delightful8 ,the complete scene can actually be made to appear in your room at home4 ,take for ,the ,ground a common pastry-board or any kind of board of the desired size--about nineteen by twenty-six inches--and for grass cover one side and the four edges of the board with a piece of light-green cotton flannel stretched tight1 fleece side up1 and tacked to the under side of the board4 ,sprinkle sand and small stones on the grass at one side of the wigwam1 to show where the grass has been worn off by the tramping of the ,indians1 the bronco pony1 and the dog1 for all ,indians possess dogs of some description4 ,if you have a toy dog of suitable size1 stand him by the fire where he will be comfortable4 ,before the red men owned horses1 a dog was always used to drag the travois1 and to this day the braves care as much for a dog as does any pale-faced boy--which is saying much1 for a white boy and any kind of a dog make devoted friends and comrades4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afg4--;,home-made compass4 ,now that we have our camping-ground1 the first thing we must do is to ,put ,up the ,wigwam for shelter4 ,draw an eight-inch diameter circle on the grass near one end of the ground4 ,fold a strip of paper lengthwise1 stick a pin through one end of the paper and drive it down into the board where you wish the centre of the circle1 push the point of a lead pencil through the other end of the paper four inches from the pin2 keep the pin steady while you move the pencil around many times until a circle appears plainly on the grass 7,fig4 #afg74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afh4--,pole sharpened to flat point4 ,cut twelve slender sticks eleven inches long and sharpen the heavy end of each into a flat point 7,fig4 #afh74 ,the sticks must be straight1 for they are wigwam-poles4 ,tie three poles together two inches from their tops and spread out the sharpened ends at nearly equal distances apart on the circle line2 mark the spots where they rest and bore gimlet-holes in each place through the cloth into the wood4 ,enlarge each hole with a penknife and insert the poles1 pushing the sharpened points down firmly into the holes 7,fig4 #afi74 ,add seven more poles around the circle1 keeping the spaces between all about even4 ,sink these last poles in the ground as you did the first three2 then tie the tops together around the first three poles1 and you will have the wigwam framework of ten poles standing strong and firm4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #afi4--;,first three poles planted firmly in edge of circle for wigwam4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agj4--;,cover for wigwam4 ,make the cover of unbleached or brown-tinted cotton cloth cut like ,fig4 #agj4 ,mark the curved lower edge with the home-made compass used for the grass circle4 ,fasten the pin and pencil in the paper strip nine and one-half inches apart2 draw almost a half circle1 then an inch and a half from the spot ,a 7,fig4 #agj71 where the pin is stationed1 begin to cut the opening for the top of the wigwam poles1 ,b 7,fig4 #agj74 ,slash the point ,c in as far as ,d1 sew pieces of cloth over the points ,e and ,e1 leaving the opening at dotted lines to form pockets for the smoke-poles4 ,cut two rows of little holes on each side of the upper part of the wigwam to run the pinsticks through when fastening the wigwam together 7,fig4 #aga74 ,now comes the fun of decorating the cover4 ,pin the cloth out flat and smooth1 and paint in brilliant red1 yellow1 black1 green1 white1 and blue the designs given in ,fig4 #agj4 ,when finished1 fit the cover over the wigwam-poles and with short1 slender sticks pin the fronts together4 ,peg the lower edge down to the ground with short black pins and slide a pole in each pocket of the smoke-flaps ,e and ,e 7,fig4 #agj74 ,bring the poles around and cross them at the back of the wigwam4 ,as you do this you will exclaim with delight at the result1 for the little wigwam will be very realistic4 ,in front of your wigwam or tepee ,build a ,make-,believe ,fire of bits of orange and scarlet tissue-paper mixed in with short twigs1 and then you must manufacture something to cook in4 ,bore a hole in the ground near the fire and fit in the fire-pole1 making it slant over to one side and hang directly above the fire4 ,place a stone over the embedded end of the pole to keep it firm4 ,suspend an acorn kettle or any little kettle of the right size for the ,indians to use on the pole and the camp will begin to look cosey for the red men to enjoy4 ,hunt up a jointed doll about five inches high1 paint it copper color1 ink its hair1 and the doll will be a fairly ,good ,indian4 ,if you can find a ,zulu doll of the required size1 with long1 straight black hair1 and give him a wash of dull red paint1 you can turn him into a fine ,indian4 ,failing these dolls1 make an ,indian doll of dull red raffia or cloth4 ,this you can do if you try1 and remember to have your red man a little more slender than store dolls2 most of these are rather too stout to make good ,indians4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aga4--,wigwam with make-believe camp-fire4 ,real chiefs like ,turning ,eagle1 ,swift ,dog1 ,crazy ,bull1 and others1 wore gorgeous feather headdresses1 and gloried in the strange war bonnets1 not because they were gay and startling1 but for the reason that each separate feather in the head-band meant that the owner had performed a brave deed of which the tribe was proud1 and the greater the number of brave deeds the greater the number of feathers2 consequently the longer the bonnet-trail4 ,this explains the real meaning of the common expression1 ,a feather in your cap4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agb4--,pattern for war bonnet4 ,your ,indian must be a mighty chief and will need a very long-trailing ,war ,bonnet4 ,cut the head-dress like ,fig4 #agb of white paper4 ,paint all the paper horse-hair tips on the paper eagle feathers red1 the tops of the feathers black1 and the band in which they are fastened yellow1 red1 and green1 leaving white spaces between the colors 7,fig4 #agc74 ,cut out1 then turn the end of the band ,f 7,fig4 #agb7 until the loop fits the ,indian's head1 and glue the end of the loop on the strip 7,fig4 #agc74 ,paste fringed yellow paper around each of the chieftain's feet1 fringed edge uppermost1 to serve as moccasins4 ,part the ,indian's hair at the back1 bring the two divisions in front1 one on each side of the head1 and wind each with scarlet worsted as the real ,indian wears his hair1 then wrap around your red man a soft1 dull-colored cloth extending from the waist to the knees4 ,pin the drapery in place and the chief will be ready to take charge of his bronco pony1 which may be any toy horse you happen to possess4 ,the horse in the illustration is an ordinary cloth toy4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agc4--;,indian war bonnet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agd4--,tie the four poles together and tie thongs across centre for your travois4 ,red men are not fond of remaining long in one place1 and naturally your ,indian will soon want to break camp and carry his belongings elsewhere4 ,help him prepare by making ,a ,travois4 ,you will need four slender poles1 two fifteen and one-half inches long1 one five and one-half and another six and one-half inches long4 ,bind the six-and-a-half-inch pole across the two long poles four inches from their heavy ends2 fasten the five-and-a-half-inch pole across the long poles two and one-half inches above the first cross-piece4 ,instead of thongs of buffalo hide1 such as the real red man would use1 take narrow strips of light-brown cloth to form the rude net-work over the space bounded by the four poles4 ,tie the top ends of the long poles together 7,fig4 #agd71 then tie the travois to the horse1 as in ,fig4 #age4 ,in most of these conveyances the thongs are tied across one way only1 from short pole to short pole1 forming a ladder-like arrangement4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #age4--,travois ready for camping outfit4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agf4--;,different parts of straw calumet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agg4--;,calumet finished4 ,a chief must always have his ,calumet1 or pipe of peace1 to smoke and pass around the council circle1 when all the leaders of the different tribes meet to talk over important matters concerning the welfare of their people4 ,real calumets are generally large and of goodly length1 some of them being four feet long4 ,they are made of dull-red stone1 which1 when first cut from the large mass1 is soft enough to be carved out with a knife2 later the pipe becomes hard and capable of receiving a polish4 ,but as the red stone is not within our reach1 we must use dull red-colored straw for the calumet4 ,soak the straw in hot water to render it less brittle4 ,then cut a three-inch length piece2 make a hole in it a short distance from one end 7,fig4 #agf1 ,g7 and insert a three-quarter inch length of straw for the pipe bowl 7,fig4 #agf1 ,h74 ,for the mouthpiece take a half-inch length of white straw 7,fig4 #agf1 ,i71 and slide it in the other end of the pipe4 ,glue both bowl and mouthpiece in place and decorate the calumet with red1 green1 and white silk floss tied on the pipe stem 7,fig4 #agg74 ,the ,tomahawk must not be forgotten4 ,soak a stick two and one-half inches long in hot water2 when it is pliable1 split an end down one inch1 no more 7,fig4 #agh1 ,j71 and in true ,indian fashion bind a stone hatchet 7,fig4 #agh1 ,k7 between the split sides of the stick handle with thongs of hide4 ,whittle the little hatchet from a piece of wood1 cover it with glue1 then with sand4 ,when dry it will be difficult for others to believe that the implement is not of real stone4 ,instead of thongs use thread 7,fig4 #agi74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agh4--;,handle and hatchet for tomahawk4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #agi4--,tomahawk ready for use4 ,the ,chieftain's ,shield is of hide taken from the neck of the bull bison2 the piece must be twice the required size for a finished shield to allow for the necessary shrinkage4 ,over a fire built in a hole in the ground the skin is stretched and pegged down4 ,when heated1 it is covered with a strong glue made from the hoofs and joints of the bison1 which causes the hide to contract and thicken4 ,as this process goes on the pegs are loosened and again adjusted until the skin ceases to contract and absorb the glue4 ,then the hide is much smaller and thicker than at first4 ,when it has slowly cooled1 the skin is cut into a circle and decorated4 ,though pliable1 the shield is strong enough to ward off blows from arrows or spears4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahj4--;,diagram for shield4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aha4 ,eagle feather of paper4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahb4--;,decorated ,indian shield4 ,bison hide is something you cannot obtain1 so take writing paper for the shield4 ,cut it into a circle an inch and a half in diameter1 with an extension for the handle 7,fig4 #ahj74 ,glue the free end of the handle on the opposite side of the back of the shield4 ,make ten paper eagle feathers 7,fig4 #aha71 hang seven on the bottom of the shield with red thread1 after first decorating the centre of the shield with given designs and the edge with colored bands1 using any or all of the following colors1 but no others3 positive red1 blue for the sky1 green for the grass1 yellow for the sun1 white for the clouds and snow1 and black4 ,to the ,indian color is a part of religion4 ,purple1 pinks1 and some other colors1 the red man1 loyal to his beliefs1 can never bring himself to use4 ,attach two of the remaining feathers at the top and another on the centre of the shield1 as shown in ,fig4 #ahb4 ,the ,indian makes his ,arrow-heads of triangular flakes of flint chipped from a stone held between his knees and struck with a rude stone hammer4 ,the pieces knocked off are carefully examined1 and only those without flaws are kept4 ,stones for arrow-heads must be very hard4 ,when found1 the red men bury them in wet ground and build fires over them1 causing the stones to show all cracks and checks4 ,this enables the arrow-maker to discard those unfitted for his work4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahc4--,paper flint arrow-head4 ,though you cannot make a real flint arrow-head1 you can manufacture a toy one4 ,take a piece of stiff pasteboard and cut it like ,fig4 #ahc4 ,let the length be a trifle over half an inch4 ,cover the arrow-head all over with a light coat of glue1 then dip it in sand1 and the arrow-head will come out as if made of stone4 ,were it actually hard stone and large size you would be obliged1 as the ,indians do1 to trim and shape more perfectly the point and edges of the arrow-head4 ,you would hold a pad of buckskin in your left hand to protect it from the sharp flint1 and on your right hand would be a piece of dressed hide to guard it from the straight piece of bone1 pointed on the end1 which you would use to strike off little bits of stone along both edges1 working cautiously as you neared the point in order not to break it4 ,but such work will not be needed on your arrow-head4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahd4--;,insert arrow-head in shaft4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahe4--;,arrow-head and shaft bound together4 ,for ,the ,shaft hunt up a piece of wood strong and straight4 ,cut it three inches in length1 remove the bark and scrape the wood until it is about the thickness of an ordinary match4 ,notch one end and split the other end down one-quarter of an inch1 insert the arrow-head 7,fig4 #ahd71 then bind the shaft and head together with thread 7,fig4 #ahe71 in place of the wet sinew an ,indian would use for a real arrow1 after he had first fastened the head in the shaft with glue from buffalo hoofs4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahf4--,paper feather for arrow4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahg4 ,cut three paper feather strips 7,fig4 #ahf71 each an inch in length1 paint black bands on them1 bend at dotted line and glue the feathers on the shaft one-quarter of an inch from the notch1 allowing them to stand out at angles equally distant from each other 7,fig4 #ahg74 ,bind the extensions ,l and ,m 7,fig4 #ahf7 to the shaft1 and tie tufts of white and red worsted on immediately above the feathers to help in finding the arrow 7,fig4 #ahh74 ,paint the shaft in brilliant colors4 ,almost any kind of wood that has a spring will make ,a ,good ,bow for your little ,indian4 ,cut the piece of wood four inches long and an eighth of an inch wide4 ,scrape it flat on one side and slightly rounded on the other1 notch the stick at each end1 wind the centre with red worsted and paint the bow in bright hues 7,fig4 #ahi74 ,tie a strong thread in one notch and bring it across to the other notch2 tighten until it bends the bow centre half an inch from the straight thread2 tie the thread around the notch 7,fig4 #aij74 ,now try the wee weapon2 hold it vertically and shoot the little arrow into the air4 ,it will fly very swiftly away1 landing many yards from where you stand4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahh4--;,finished arrow4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ahi4--;,bow ready for string4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aij4 ,bow string4 ,make the bow case 7,fig4 #aib7 of ordinary wrapping paper cut like ,fig4 #aia1 three and a half inches long and two and a half inches wide4 ,fold the paper lengthwise through the centre and glue the sides together along the dotted lines2 then fringe the edge up to the dotted line and decorate with gay paint4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aia4--;,cut bow case like this ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aib4--;,bow case finished4 ,dress the jointed doll squaw in a fringed ,chamois-,skin ,gown2 fold the skin and let one half form the front1 the other half the back4 ,cut the garment like the half ,n1 in ,fig4 #aic1 stitch the sides together1 stitch the under part of the sleeves together and fringe both sleeves and bottom of the dress 7,o1 ,fig4 #aic74 ,belt the gown in with scarlet worsted and load the squaw down with strands of colored beads2 then seat her on the grass 7,fig4 #aid7 while you make the primitive loom for her to use in weaving one of the famous ,navajo ,blankets4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aic4--,squaw's chamois dress4 ,paint a two by four inch piece of white cotton cloth with a blanket design in red and black1 with white between the markings1 and pin it securely on a board 7,fig4 #aie74 ,tie stones to a pole six inches in length 7,fig4 #aif72 with long stitches fasten the stone-weighted pole to the bottom edge of the painted cloth blanket 7,fig4 #aig74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aid4--,squaw doll make-believe weaving ,navajo blanket on primitive loom4 ,two inches above the blanket attach a six-inch pole to the board with pins and use a coarse needle and heavy thread to make the warp4 ,run the thread through the wrong side of the blanket and up around the pole4 ,cross it on the under side of the long thread 7,p1 ,fig4 #aig7 which extends from blanket to pole4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aie4--;,indian blanket pinned on board4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aif4--,stones tied to pole for bottom of loom4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aig4--;,building primitive loom4 ,carry the thread along the pole a short distance1 loop it over 7,q1 ,fig4 #aig7 and bring the thread down through the right side of the blanket4 ,take a long stitch and again carry the thread up over the pole4 ,continue until the warp is entirely across the blanket4 ,pin another pole six and a half inches long1 three-quarters of an inch above the top pole1 and fasten the two poles together by tying loops of string across from one to the other 7,fig4 #aih74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aih4--,primitive loom ready for frame4 ,make the loom frame of two seven-inch poles four and a half inches apart and crossed at the top by another seven-inch pole1 the three firmly tied together and made to stand erect on the grass by planting the two upright poles in holes bored through the cloth grass into the board ground4 ,hang the loom on this frame by winding a narrow strip of cloth loosely around the top of the frame and top of loom 7,fig4 #aid74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #aii4--,natural twig and tissue-paper tree4 ,find a stout1 short-branched twig for ,the ,tree 7,fig4 #aii74 ,sharpen the bottom and drive it into a hole in the ground4 ,for the foliage cut a fringe of soft green and olive-brown tissue-paper folded lengthwise in strips4 ,crimp the strips with a blade of the scissors1 then open out the fringe2 gather each one through the centre1 give the paper a twist1 and the two ends will form bunches of foliage4 ,work the twisted centre of one piece down into a crack at the top of the tree4 ,over across this at right angles in another opening1 fit in the second twist of paper foliage and crown all with a bunch standing upright as shown at ,fig4 #aii4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bjj4--,the little papoose you can make4 ,illustration3 ,cradle for papoose4 ,a solemn ,little ,papoose bound in its stiff cradle is one of the drollest things imaginable4 ,paint a small doll copper color1 make its hair black1 and bind the baby in a cradle cut from brown pasteboard 7,fig4 #bjj74 ,cut along heavy line and bend forward the tongue ,r along the dotted line1 bring the strap ,s across and glue the end on the under side of the cradle2 then line the cradle with white tissue-paper and place the ,indian child on it2 spread a piece of vivid red tissue-paper over the infant1 bringing the sides of the cover on the under side of the cradle1 where you must glue them4 ,fold over the lower end of the paper and glue that also on the back of the cradle4 ,paint the cradle and portions of the cover white1 green1 black1 and yellow 7,fig4 #bjj72 then hang the cradle and baby on the limb of the tree 7,fig4 #aii71 where the little papoose will be safe while his squaw-mother works at her weaving4 ,the red men use queer money which they call ,wampum4 ,it is made of shells found usually along the borders of rivers and lakes4 ,the ,indians cut the thick part of the shell into cylinders about an inch long1 bore holes lengthwise through the centres and string them like beads on fine1 strong sinews 7,fig4 #bja71 but this money is not as pretty as glass beads1 for it resembles pieces of common clay pipe stems4 ,a certain number of hand-breadths of wampum will buy a gun1 a skin1 a robe1 or a horse1 and when presented by one chief to another the wampum means good-will and peace4 ,of course1 you will want to supply your ,indians with their own kind of money4 ,you can string the wampum into a necklace and decorate the strand with eagle claws1 bright beads1 and tufts of gay worsted4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bja4 ,wampum1 ,indian money4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bjb4 ,buffalo claw cut from wood4 ,find some beads much smaller1 but as near as possible in color and form to real wampum1 and string them with tiny eagle claws made of wood cut like ,fig4 #bjb1 only smaller4 ,paint the claws very dark gray1 almost black1 and bore a hole through the heavy end with a hat-pin heated red hot4 ,the claws will then string easily and give quite a savage appearance to the necklace 7,fig4 #bjc74 ,let the colored worsted tufts1 which must take the place of hair1 be bright-red1 and the strands of round beads on each side of the necklace of various colors 7,fig4 #bjc74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bjc4--;,indian necklace of wampum1 eagle claws1 tufts of hair1 and bone beads4 ,indians when they cannot obtain beads use gayly colored porcupine quills for their embroidery4 ,you need not try the embroidery1 but be sure to make the entire ,indian encampment with everything pertaining to it4 ,,chapter ,,xiii ,a ,,toy ,,colonial ,,kitchen ,,with ,,fac-,,simile ,,colonial ,,furnishings4 ,,would it not be fun to see a yoke of real live oxen come slowly walking into the kitchen dragging a load of logs8 ,that is what many of the colonial boys and girls saw every day1 and frequently the boys helped their fathers cut the logs which were for the big kitchen fireplace4 ,and such a fireplace6 ,large enough for the huge1 roaring fire and the chimney-seats also4 ,these were placed close against the sides of the opening1 making fine places for the boys and girls to sit and listen to thrilling tales of adventure or delightful fairy stories4 ,illustration3 ,a ,,little ,,colonial ,,kitchen1 ,,drawn ,,from ,,one ,,made ,,by ,,the ,,author4 ,fig4 #bjd4 ,the kitchen in those days was the chief apartment and the most interesting room in the house4 ,who would want to go into the stiff1 prim best room when they could be so much more comfortable in the spacious kitchen where everyone was busy and happy1 and where apples could be hung by a string in front of the fire to roast and made to spin cheerily when the string was twisted1 that all sides might be equally heated8 ,any girl or boy to-day would be only too glad of a chance to sit on a log in front of such a fire and watch red apples turn and sputter as the heat broke the apple skin1 setting free the luscious juice to trickle down the sides4 ,as the ,indian's first thought was for shelter1 and he put up his wigwam1 so the early settler's first thought was for shelter1 and he built1 not a wigwam1 but a log-house with a kitchen large enough to serve as a general utility room4 ,it was filled with various things1 and all articles in it were used constantly4 ,everything not brought from the mother country the settlers made by hand4 ,the colonial kitchen you can build may be of gray or white cardboard4 ,old boxes1 if large enough1 will answer the purpose4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bje4--,kitchen floor4 ,i will tell you exactly how ,i built the colonial kitchen seen in ,fig4 #bjd4 ,i made the floor 7,fig4 #bje71 the two side walls both alike 7,fig4 #bjf71 the back wall 7,fig4 #bjg71 and the interior of the fireplace 7,fig4 #bjh7 of light-gray cardboard4 ,i cut all the heavy lines1 scored and then bent all the dotted lines4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bjf4--,side wall4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bjg4--;,back wall4 ,now you do the same thing4 ,get your measurements correct and be careful to make the lines perfectly straight4 ,before putting the kitchen together1 fasten the rustic brackets1 cut from a branching twig 7,fig4 #bji71 on the wall above the mantel-piece to support the flintlock gun4 ,take two stitches through the wall around each twig1 as shown in ,fig4 #baj1 at the dots ,a and ,a and ,b and ,b 7,fig4 #bjg74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bjh4--;,interior of fireplace4 ,every colonial fireplace boasted of ,a ,strong ,crane upon which to hang the pots and kettles over the fire4 ,one end of the crane was bent down and attached to the side chimney wall by iron rings4 ,these rings allowed the crane to turn so that the extending iron rod could be swung forward to receive the hanging cooking utensils and then pushed back1 carrying the pot and kettles over the fire for the contents to cook4 ,the crane was black and of iron4 ,a hair-pin 7,fig4 #baa7 makes a fine crane4 ,bend yours1 as shown in ,fig4 #bab1 then with two socket-rings made with stitches of black darning-cotton fasten the crane to the side of the chimney at the dots ,c and ,c 7,fig4 #bjg71 and tie a piece of the darning-cotton on the little crane immediately below the lower socket-ring2 bring the thread diagonally across to the top arm of the crane an inch and a quarter from the free end and again tie it securely 7,fig4 #bac74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bji4--;,a forked twig for the bracket4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #baj4--,put the brackets up in this way4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #baa4--,the crane is made of a hair-pin4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bab4--,the crane4 ,bend the two sides of ,the ,fireplace ,f and ,f 7,fig4 #bjg7 as in ,fig4 #bac4 ,bend forward the interior of the fireplace 7,fig4 #bjh7 at dotted lines1 and fit ,fig4 #bjh on the back of ,fig4 #bjg to form the inside of the fireplace and the mantel-piece4 ,slide the slashed top strips of the sides of the fireplace ,d1,d1,d1,d 7,fig4 #bjg71 back of the slashed strips ,d1,d1,d1,d 7,fig4 #bjh71 which will bring the two centres ,e and ,e of the sides in ,fig4 #bjh behind ,f and ,f in ,fig4 #bjg1 and will thus form two layers on the sides of the chimney4 ,push the edge ,g and ,g of ,fig4 #bjh through the slit ,g and ,g in ,fig4 #bjg to form the mantel-piece1 then bend down the edge of mantel-piece along dotted line4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bac4--;,back wall1 showing crane hung and oven door open4 ,you must have ,an ,oven at one side of the great fireplace for baking the wholesome rye and ,indian bread1 and the delicious home-made apple1 pumpkin1 rice and cranberry pies4 ,in colonial days thirty large loaves of bread or forty pies would often be baked at one time1 so spacious were the ovens4 ,these side-ovens used to be heated by roaring wood fires built inside of them and kept burning for hours4 ,when the oven was thoroughly hot the cinders and ashes were brushed out and in went the pies with a lot of little ones called patties1 for the children4 ,when these were cooked to a golden brown each child was given his own piping hot patty4 ,make your box-like oven according to ,fig4 #bad1 cut the heavy lines1 score and bend the dotted lines4 ,bring the side ,h to the side ,i2 lap ,i over ,h so that the two slits1 ,j and ,j1 will exactly fit one over the other2 then bend the back down and run the flap ,j on the back through the two slits ,j on the side1 and the flap ,k through the slit ,k4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bad4--,the oven4 ,adjust the oven back of the oven door ,l 7,fig4 #bjg71 and fasten it tight on the wall by sliding the flap ,m of the oven 7,fig4 #bad7 through the slit ,m 7,fig4 #bjg7 above the oven door2 bend it down flat against the wall4 ,bring the bottom oven-flap ,n in through and over the lower edge of the oven door-way ,n 7,fig4 #bjg7 and bend that also flat against the wall 7,fig4 #bac74 ,the two side oven flaps will rest against the back of the wall on each side of the oven door-way4 ,now that is finished firm and strong1 and you can ,put the ,kitchen ,together in a few moments4 ,lay the floor 7,fig4 #bje7 down flat on a table2 bend up the two diagonal sides ,o and ,o1 and slide the slit ,p in the side wall 7,fig4 #bjf7 down into the slit ,p of the floor 7,fig4 #bje71 bringing the wall 7,fig4 #bjf7 in front of the upturned floor-piece ,o 7,fig4 #bje74 ,in the same way fasten the other side wall on the floor4 ,slip the two slits ,q and ,q of the back wall 7,fig4 #bjg7 down across the top slits 7,q1 ,fig4 #bjf7 of the side walls4 ,while bringing the back wall 7,fig4 #bjg7 down to the floor1 slide its outside strips ,s and ,s over and outside of the upturned pieces of the floor1 ,s and ,s 7,fig4 #bje71 to hold them in place4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bae4--,pattern for andiron4 ,as soon as the ,indian's wigwam was up1 he had a brisk fire to cook by1 for after shelter came food4 ,the white man did likewise after his house was built4 ,though he had andirons to help with his fire1 even then to ,lay the ,fire in the immense fireplace required some skill4 ,cut two andirons of cardboard 7,fig4 #bae71 bend at dotted lines1 paint black1 and the andirons will stand alone and look like real ones 7,fig4 #baf74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #baf4--,the andiron4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bag4--,the flames4 ,cut from red1 orange1 yellow1 and black tissue-paper flames like ,fig4 #bag2 bend at dotted line and paste the mingled flames one at a time and turned in varying directions on a piece of cardboard made to fit the bottom of the fireplace4 ,adjust the little black andirons to the fire and glue them in place2 select a large log for the back-log1 and a more slender one to lay across the front of the andirons4 ,place smaller wood in between with the flames1 and scatter a few bits of black paper on the hearth underneath to appear like fallen charred wood4 ,when finished the fire should look as if it were actually sparkling1 roaring1 and blazing 7,fig4 #bah74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bah4--,the flames leap up the chimney4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bai4--;,cut the shell in half4 ,your fire is ready1 so you must hurry and get the ,great ,iron ,pot to hang over the flames4 ,break an egg in halves as indicated by dotted lines in ,fig4 #bai2 even off the edge of the larger half shell with a pair of scissors1 paste a strip of tissue-paper over the edge and glue on a stiff paper handle 7,fig4 #bbj74 ,cut three pieces of heavy1 stiff paper like ,fig4 #bba1 bend at dotted line and pinch the two lower corners on part ,t together to form the pot legs 7,fig4 #bbb74 ,turn the egg-shell upside down and fasten the legs on by gluing the flap ,u 7,fig4 #bba7 on the bottom of the shell2 the legs should enable the pot to stand upright4 ,turn the egg-shell into iron by painting the handle and outside of the pot jet black 7,fig4 #bbc74 ,swing the crane forward1 hang on the pot1 pretend you have something to cook in it1 then move the crane back over the fire4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbj4--;,a strip of paper for the handle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bba4--;,cut the pot leg like this4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbb4--;,bend the pot leg like this4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbc4--,paint the pot black4 ,remember all the time you are playing1 that this is the way your colonial ancestors cooked4 ,in days of long ago1 they had many other ,odd ,utensils ,one of the easiest for you to make is the long-handled iron shovel called a peel 7,fig4 #bbd71 used to place bread and pie in the great oven4 ,cut the peel from stiff cardboard1 paint it black and stand it up by the side of the chimney 7,fig4 #bjd74 ,trace the toaster 7,fig4 #bbe7 on cardboard1 paint it black1 bend up the four semicircular rings and bend down the two feet1 one on each side 7,fig4 #bbf74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbd4--;,a queer shovel called the peel4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbe4--,make the toaster by this pattern4 ,chicken and other eatables were placed between the front and back rings on the toaster and broiled before the fire1 which was so hot that it was necessary to have long handles on all cooking utensils4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbf4--,the toaster4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbg4--,make a pot-hook like this4 ,several pieces of iron of varying lengths1 generally made into the shape of the letter ,s1 were called pot-hooks2 they hung on the crane4 ,make two or three pot-hooks of cardboard and paint them black 7,fig4 #bbg74 ,when you are not using the little toaster1 bend up the handle and hang it on a pin stuck in the wall 7,fig4 #bjd74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbh4--,the spinning-wheel and jointed doll spinning4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bbi4--,spokes4 ,just look at your little colonial friend1 ,thankful ,parker6 7,fig4 #bbh74 ,the tiny maid seems almost to be stepping lightly forward and backward as she spins out long threads of the soft1 warm yarn1 singing softly all the while a little old-fashioned song4 ,how busily she works1 and listen6 you can all but hear the wheel's cheery hum1 hum1 hum6 ,that's the way the real colonial dames used to spin4 ,such a ,spinning-,wheel belonged to every family1 for all had to do their own spinning or go without the yarn1 as they could obtain no assistance from others4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bca4--,small wheel4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bcb4--,stand4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bcc4--,wheel brace4 ,cut from cardboard the spokes 7,fig4 #bbi7 for your miniature colonial spinning-wheel1 the tire 7,fig4 #bcj71 and the two small wheels 7,fig4 #bca74 ,bend forward the fan-shaped ends of each spoke 7,fig4 #bbi7 and glue the tire 7,fig4 #bcj7 around on them2 let one edge of tire lie flush on the edges of the bent ends of the spokes4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bcj4--,tire of wheel4 ,with the exception of the square spaces ,,aa and ,,bb on the stand 7,fig4 #bcb7 cut the heavy lines and the little holes2 score1 then bend the dotted lines4 ,bend down the long sides and the ends fitting the corners against and on the inside of the same letters on the sides1 glue these in place and you have a long1 narrow box with two extensions on one side 7,,hh and ,,gg74 ,bend these extensions1 also their ends ,,ii and ,,jj1 and glue the ends on the inside of the opposite side of the box against the places marked ,,ii and ,,jj4 ,turn the box over1 bringing the level smooth side uppermost4 ,cut out the wheel brace 7,fig4 #bcc71 turn it over on the other side1 then bend ,,aa backward and ,,bb forward1 and glue the brace on the box-like stand 7,fig4 #bcb7 on the squares ,,aa and ,,bb4 ,see ,fig4 #bbh4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bcd4--,upright4 ,make the upright 7,fig4 #bcd7 of wood2 shave both sides of the end1 ,,kk1 until it is flat and thin1 then glue a small wheel 7,fig4 #bca7 on each side1 raising the wheels above the wood that the flat end of the upright may reach only to their centres4 ,glue the wheels together to within a short distance of their edges4 ,with the red-hot end of a hat-pin bore the hole ,,ll through the front of the upright1 and below bore another hole1 ,,mm1 through the side4 ,make the screw 7,fig4 #bch7 and the block 7,fig4 #bci7 of wood4 ,run the screw through the side hole ,,mm in the upright 7,fig4 #bcd71 and push the screw on through the hole in the top of the block 7,fig4 #bci74 ,break off more than half of a wooden toothpick for the spindle 7,fig4 #bcf7 and pass it through the hole ,,ll 7,fig4 #bcd74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bce4--;,hub4 ,make the hub 7,fig4 #bce7 of wood and thread it in through the wheel and brace 7,fig4 #bcc71 to hold the wheel in place4 ,use two wooden toothpicks1 with the ends broken off 7,fig4 #bcg71 for legs2 insert these slantingly into the holes1 ,,gg 7,fig4 #bcb71 on the under part of the stand1 allowing the top ends to reach up and rest against the under side of the top of the stand4 ,spread out the bottom ends of the legs4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bcf4--,spindle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bcg4--,leg4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bch4--,screw4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bci4--;,block4 ,run the upright 7,fig4 #bcd7 through the single hole near one end of the stand 7,fig4 #bcb7 and pass it down through the under hole on ,,hh4 ,the lower part of the upright forms the third leg4 ,see that all three legs set evenly when the wheel stands1 and that the box part is raised slightly higher at the upright end1 slanting downward toward the other end 7,fig4 #bbh74 ,glue the three legs firmly in place4 ,connect the two small wheels 7,fig4 #bca7 and the large wheel together by passing a string between the small wheels and over around the outside of the tire of the large wheel1 fastening it on here and there with a little glue 7,fig4 #bbh74 ,twist a piece of raw cotton on the spindle and tie a length of white darning-cotton to the end of the cotton 7,fig4 #bbh74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bda4--;,hair-pin4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdj4--;,do her hair up in this fashion4 ,stretch the thread across to the hand of your colonial-dressed doll1 glue it in place1 and the next time your mother attends a meeting of the ,society of ,colonial ,dames tell her to show your little maid ,thankful ,parker and her spinning-wheel4 ,when you ,dress the ,doll coil her hair up on top of her head 7,fig4 #bdj7 and fasten it in place with common pins 7,fig4 #bda74 ,make the straight bang look as nearly as possible as though the hair were drawn up into a ,pompadour such as was worn in ,colonial times4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdb4--,pattern of cap4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdc4--,the cap4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdd4--;,cap band4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bde4--,pattern of kerchief4 ,make the cap 7,fig4 #bdc7 of thin white material cut like ,fig4 #bdb1 and the band 7,fig4 #bdd7 of the same color as the dress4 ,cut the thin white kerchief like ,fig4 #bde1 and fold it as in ,fig4 #bdf4 ,fig4 #bdg gives the design for the dress waist1 and ,fig4 #bdh the sleeve4 ,the skirt is a straight piece gathered into a waistband4 ,the apron 7,fig4 #bdi7 is white4 ,when the doll is dressed it should resemble little ,thankful ,parker 7,fig4 #bbh74 ,an ,old-,fashioned ,flintlock ,rifle with its long1 slender barrel was used almost daily by our forefathers for securing game as food4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdf4--;,fold the kerchief like this4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdg4--,pattern of waist4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdh4--,pattern of sleeve4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bdi4--,the apron4 ,the gun was kept hanging in plain sight over the kitchen mantel-piece1 ready for defence at a moment's notice1 for in those early days wolves and other wild animals were numerous and dangerous1 and enemies were also likely to appear at any time4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bej4--,lock and band of tinfoil4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bea4--,make this part of pasteboard4 ,you should have one of those queer old guns to adorn your kitchen wall4 ,get some heavy tinfoil off the top of a bottle1 or take a collapsible tube and from it cut a wide strip like ,fig4 #bej1 one narrow1 straight strip and two medium-wide straight strips1 four in all4 ,cut the butt end of the gun 7,fig4 #bea7 of stiff cardboard4 ,break a piece measuring four and one-half inches from a common coarse steel knitting-needle for your gun-barrel and use a slender1 round stick1 or the small holder of a draughtsman's pen1 cutting it a trifle more than three and one-half inches in length for the ramrod groove4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #beb4--;,a pin for a ramrod4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bec4--,slide the paper end in the wood like this4 ,in the centre of one end of the stick bore a deep hole with the red-hot point of a hat-pin and insert the pointed end of an ordinary pin for a ramrod 7,fig4 #beb74 ,split the other end of the stick up through the centre not quite half an inch and work the butt end of the gun in the opening 7,fig4 #bec74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bed4--,ready for the tinfoil bands4 ,lay the gun-barrel above the wooden part 7,fig4 #bed7 and fasten the two together with the four bands of tinfoil 7,fig4 #bee71 allowing the top part of ,fig4 #bej to stand up free to represent the flintlock4 ,we must be content without a trigger unless you can manage to make one by bending down and cutting a part of ,fig4 #bej4 ,paint the butt and wooden portion of the gun brown before binding on the barrel1 and you will find that you have made a very real-looking little rifle to hang upon the rustic brackets over the mantel-piece4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bee4--;,colonial flintlock made of knitting-needle and small pen-holder4 ,when the fire in your big kitchen fireplace needs brightening1 use the ,little ,bellows to send fresh air circulating through the smouldering embers4 ,the bellows are easy to make4 ,cut two pieces of pasteboard like ,fig4 #bef1 and cut two short strips of thin paper4 ,paste one edge of each strip to each side of one piece of cardboard bellows1 fold the strips across the centre 7,fig4 #bef71 and attach the free ends of the folded strips to the other piece of pasteboard bellows1 forming a hinge-like connection on each side between the two pasteboard sides4 ,paste the points of the two sides together up as far as the dotted line 7,fig4 #bef74 ,when thoroughly dry you can work the bellows by bringing the handles together and opening them as you would real bellows 7,fig4 #beg74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #beg4--,the finished bellows4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bef4--;,cut the bellows by this pattern4 ,heavy tinfoil must furnish material for your ,pewter ,ware2 much of it has the same dull1 leaden color and the peculiar look of old pewter4 ,should the pieces of tinfoil you find be twisted and uneven1 lay them on a table and smooth out the creases with scissors or the dull edge of a knife-blade2 then cut out round1 flat pieces and holding one at a time in the palm of your left hand1 round up the edges by rolling the ball of a hat-pin around and around the plate2 press rather hard and soon the edges will begin to crinkle and turn upward 7,fig4 #beh74 ,you may mould some deeper than others and have a row of different-sized pewter plates on the kitchen mantel-piece1 and you can make a wee pie in the deepest plate1 open the oven-door and shove the pastry into the oven with the little iron peel4 ,try it4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #beh4--;,colonial pewter dish made of tinfoil4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bei4--,the warp4 ,the colonial kitchen would be incomplete without a bright1 ,home-like ,rag ,rug to place over the bare board floor1 and it will be fun for you to weave it4 ,take a piece of smooth brown wrapping-paper the size you want your mat1 fold it crosswise through the centre and cut across the fold 7,fig4 #bei71 making a fringe of double pieces which we will call the warp4 ,unfold the paper and weave various colored tissue-strips in and out through the brown foundations 7,fig4 #bfj71 until the paper warp is all filled in with pretty1 bright colors4 ,you can weave the rug hit or miss or in stripes wide or narrow as you choose1 only make the rugs as pretty as possible4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfj4--,weave the rug in this way4 ,now we must manufacture a fine ,old ,colonial ,clock ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfa4--;,colonial clock with movable weights4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfb4--,the clock is cut in one piece4 7,fig4 #bfa74 ,it would never do to forget the clock1 for poor little ,thankful would not know how long her many loaves of bread were baking in the big oven1 and the bread might burn4 ,cut ,fig4 #bfb of cardboard and score all dotted lines1 except ,,nn-,,oo1 which forms the hinge of the door4 ,mark this with a pinhole at top and bottom1 turn the cardboard over and draw a line from pinhole to pinhole2 then score it on this line that the door may open properly outward4 ,try to draw the face of the clock correctly4 ,make it in pencil first so that any mistake may be erased and corrected4 ,when you have the face drawn as it should be1 go over the pencil lines with pen and ink4 ,begin the face with a circle 7,fig4 #bfc74 ,make it as you made the circle for the wigwam1 only1 of course1 very much smaller4 ,above the circle1 at the distance of half the diameter of the circle1 draw a curve with your home-made compass 7,fig4 #bfd74 ,lengthen the compass a little and make another curve a trifle above the first 7,fig4 #bfe74 ,connect the lower curve with the circle by two straight lines 7,fig4 #bff71 draw a small circle above the large one 7,fig4 #bfg71 connect the two circles by two scallops 7,fig4 #bfh71 and bring the upper curve down into a square 7,fig4 #bfi74 ,the small top circle stands for the moon2 draw a simple face on it like ,fig4 #bgj1 then make the numbers on the large circle 7,fig4 #bga7 and also the hands 7,fig4 #bgb74 ,both numbers and hands must be on the same circle on the clock4 ,they are on two different circles in the diagrams that you may see exactly how to draw them4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfc4--;,draw the circle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfd4--,then a curve above the circle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfe4--;,another curve above the first one4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bff4--;,connect the lower curve with the circle by two lines4 ,leave ,fig4 #bfi white1 but paint the other portions of the clock a light reddish brown with black lines above and below the door1 and a black band almost entirely across the bottom edge of the front of the clock that the clock may appear to be standing on feet4 ,gild the three points on the top to make them look as if made of brass4 ,be sure that the four holes in the top 7,fig4 #bfb7 are fully large enough to allow a coarse darning-needle to be passed readily through them2 then bend the clock into shape1 fitting the extension ,,pp over the extension ,,qq2 the two holes in ,,pp must lie exactly over those in ,,qq4 ,glue the clock together1 using the blunt end of a lead-pencil1 or any kind of a stick1 to assist in holding the sides and tops together until the glue is perfectly dry4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfg4--;,draw a small circle above the large one4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfh4--;,connect the two circles by two scallops4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bfi4--;,extend line of upper circle down to form a square4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgj4--,make this face in the small circle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bga4--,put the numbers on the clock face in this way4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgb4--,make the hands of the clock like these4 ,thread a piece of heavy black darning-cotton in the largest-sized long darning-needle you can find2 on one end of the thread mould a cylinder-shaped piece of beeswax1 cover it with thin tinfoil1 then open the clock-door and hold the clock with its head bent outward and downward from you4 ,look through the open door and see the holes on the inside of the top2 run your needle through one of these holes and across the top on the outside1 bringing it down through the other hole into the clock4 ,slip the needle off the thread and mould another piece of beeswax on the free end of the thread1 make it the same size and shape as the first weight1 cover this also with tinfoil and you will have clock-weights 7,fig4 #bgc7 for winding up the old-fashioned timepiece4 ,gently pull down one weight and the other will go up1 just as your colonial forefathers wound their clocks4 ,when the weight is pulled down in the real clock it winds up the machinery1 and the clock continues its tick1 tack1 tick1 like the ancient timepiece ,longfellow tells us of1 stationed in the hall of the old-fashioned country-seat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgc4--,weights for winding the clock4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgd4--,pattern of the churn4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bge4--,the churn4 ,do you like real country buttermilk1 and have you ever helped churn8 ,if you live in the city or for some other reason are not able to make the butter1 you can still enjoy manufacturing a little ,colonial ,churn that will look capable of producing the best sweet country butter 7,fig4 #bge74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgf--;,cork lid to the churn4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgh4--;,dasher4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgi4--,push the end of the handle through the dasher4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhj4--;,cut end of handle pasted on the dasher4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bgg4--;,handle of the dasher4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bha4--,put the handle of the dasher through the lid4 ,cut ,fig4 #bgd of heavy paper or light-weight cardboard2 mark three bands on it 7,fig4 #bge74 ,make your churn much larger than pattern1 have it deep enough to stand as high as ,fig4 #bge4 ,glue the sides together along the dotted lines1 turn up the circular bottom and glue the extensions up around the bottom of the churn4 ,fit a cork in the top for the churn-lid and make a hole through the centre of the cork for the handle of the dasher 7,fig4 #bgf74 ,make the handle by rolling up a strip of paper as you would roll a paper lighter4 ,glue the loose top end of the handle on its roll2 then cut the large end of the handle up a short distance through its centre 7,fig4 #bgg74 ,cut the dasher 7,fig4 #bgh7 from cardboard1 slide it over the divided end of handle 7,fig4 #bgi71 bend the two halves of the handle-end in opposite directions1 and glue them on the dasher as shown in ,fig4 #bhj4 ,slip the handle of dasher through the cork lid 7,fig4 #bha71 and fit the lid in the churn 7,fig4 #bge74 ,paint the churn and handle of dasher a light-yellow-brown wood color1 the bands black1 and when dry you can work the dasher up and down the same as if the churn were a real one4 ,stand the churn in your kitchen not far from the fire so that little ,thankful may attend to the cooking while she is churning4 ,,chapter ,,xiv ,,little ,,paper ,,houses ,,of ,,japan ,,fragile1 quaint and full of sunshine and color are the typical houses of ,japan4 ,they are so simple in construction a child might almost build them1 generally only one story in height and always without a cellar1 chimneys1 fireplaces1 windows1 and even without a door4 ,yet the dainty abodes are flooded with light and fresh air4 ,how is it managed8 ,simply by sliding the entire front of the house to one side1 leaving the building wide open4 ,often the back walls1 too1 are opened1 and in some houses the sides also4 ,these cottages are usually part wood and part paper4 ,it seems strange to think of people actually living in paper dwellings1 but the ,japanese understand how to manufacture strong1 durable paper4 ,they delight in making all sorts of paper1 from the tough1 well-nigh indestructible kind to the delicate1 filmy variety1 and it is adapted to innumerable uses4 ,in ,japan people not only build paper walls1 but the very poor wear paper clothing4 ,we will make our ,japanese ,house entirely of paper 7,fig4 #bhb74 ,take medium-weight water-color paper1 or any kind that is stiff enough and not too brittle1 cut a piece sixteen inches long and seventeen inches wide and on it mark the plan of the large room 7,fig4 #bhc74 ,this should measure sixteen inches across the back from ,a to ,a1 seventeen inches along the side from ,a to ,b1 and thirteen inches across the front from ,b to ,c4 ,the back division forms the foliage and the back of the room1 the centre division the roof1 and the front division the front and sides of the room4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhb4--,the little paper house4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhc4--,plan of large room4 ,no paste is used in making the building2 the design is merely cut out1 bent into shape1 and fastened together with projecting tongues run through slits4 ,cut all the heavy lines1 lightly score1 then bend all the dotted lines1 except the two immediately across the front of the room at top and bottom4 ,this front is five inches wide and four and a half inches high1 with two openings in it and a portion extending down in front to form the little porch4 ,make a pinhole at each end of the two lines forming top and bottom of the front of the room ,a and ,b1 then turn the paper over and draw a top line and a bottom line across on the wrong side of the paper from pin-point to pin-point4 ,score these on the wrong side of the paper1 for they must bend from that side in order to extend inward from the right side to form the projection of the roof and the top landing of the veranda4 ,fasten the room together1 then cut out the floor 7,fig4 #bhd71 slide it in place and also the steps 7,fig4 #bhe71 marking straight lines across the diagram to indicate steps4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhd4--;,floor of large room4 ,build the small room 7,fig4 #bhf7 in the same way that you made the large one4 ,cut it from a piece of paper nine and one-half inches wide and thirteen and one-half inches long4 ,this room has no floor4 ,when finished run the tongues extending out on the back of the room through the remaining four slits at the side of the foliage on the back of the large room 7,fig4 #bhc74 ,work carefully and you will be fully repaid4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhe4--,the steps4 ,paint the roof of each room in little black squares with white markings between to represent black tiling4 ,paint the outside of the house yellow1 the back wall of the large room pale blue1 the floor light brown4 ,paint the back of the small room mottled green and pink4 ,make a band of light blue edged with black across the outside top of the front opening and a red band across the bottom4 ,let the projecting veranda be yellow1 with vines across the lower part4 ,edge the openings of the large room with two narrow bands1 one purple the other black1 and mark black lines from side to side crossed with lines running from top to bottom to form a lattice-like work on the side of the smaller opening 7,fig4 #bhb74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhf4--,plan of small room4 ,the sides of the house are supposed to be formed of paper-covered screens which slide in grooves and may be removed entirely when desired4 ,the interior of a real ,japanese house is divided into rooms merely by the use of sliding paper screens1 and the entire floor may readily be thrown into one large apartment1 there being no solid partitions as in our houses4 ,cut out flat round paper lanterns1 paint them with the gayest of colors and make the small top and bottom bands black2 then with needle and thread fasten the lanterns along the top front of the large opening of the small room 7,fig4 #bhb74 ,you need not be concerned in the least about furnishing the little house3 it does not need any furniture1 for the ,japanese have no stoves1 chairs1 tables1 knives or forks1 carpets1 bedsteads1 washstands1 bookcases1 desks1 framed pictures1 nor any comforts like ours4 ,the ,floors are covered with clean1 thick1 soft matting rugs and are just the place for girls and boys to play1 and have a good time running about in their stocking feet1 for in ,japan people always take off their shoes before entering a house and everyone goes either stocking-footed or barefooted when indoors1 so the floor-mats are kept free from dust4 ,of course1 men1 women1 and children all sit on the floor2 and when ,breakfast is ,ready the floor is set instead of a table1 and each person receives his own little lacquer tray placed on the floor1 or on a low wooden stool1 with the individual portion of rice in a delicate china bowl1 pale tea in dainty teacups and shredded or diced raw fish in china a queen might envy4 ,on the tray are also a pair of ivory chopsticks1 which even a little child can manage skilfully1 in place of the spoon1 knife1 or fork that our girls or boys would use4 ,the ,japanese do not have bread1 butter1 milk1 or coffee1 and never any meat1 but they cultivate a mammoth radish which is cut up1 pickled and eaten with relish4 ,for dinner they take pale tea1 rice1 and fish1 and for supper fish1 pale tea1 and rice4 ,often the fish is cooked1 sweetmeats are served and pickled radish also1 but frequently the breakfast consists of merely a bowl of cold rice4 ,these unique people do not seem to think or care much about their food2 many times they deny themselves a meal that they may spend the money on a feast of flowers in some garden where they can enjoy gazing upon masses of exquisite cherry blossoms1 chrysanthemums1 or other flowers4 ,no nation in the world loves flowers more than the ,japanese1 and none can rival them in the beautiful arrangement of their blossoms4 ,when night comes the natives ,never ,go to ,bed1 for there are no beds4 ,soft silk or cotton comforts are brought to each person1 and the people roll themselves up in the comforts and sleep any place they wish on the floor1 using little wooden or lacquer benches for pillows2 usually these have a roll of soft paper on the top1 making them a little more comfortable4 ,take a comfort and try sleeping on the floor with some books under your head and you will know how it feels to sleep in ,japanese style4 ,every ,japanese house should have its ,fenced-in ,garden4 ,make your fence of paper cut according to ,fig4 #bhg1 and mark the pattern 7,fig4 #bhh7 on it with two tones of yellow paint4 ,paint the convex top of the gate-way a bright red with narrow black border1 and mark the white gate-posts with black ,japanese lettering like ,fig4 #bhi4 ,paint the remaining portions of the gate-way yellow1 the edges black4 ,fig4 #bhb will help you to grasp the idea of the fence and gate-way4 ,the names of the streets are not on the corners as in our cities1 so a panel of white wood is nailed to the gate-posts with both the name of the street and householder on it1 and often a charm sign is added4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhg4--;,fence and gate-way4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhh4--;,draw this pattern on the fence4 ,put up the fence by slipping the upper tongues on each end through the slit on the outside front edge of each room1 then sliding the lower tongues of the fence through the lower outside edges of rooms and porches 7,fig4 #bhb74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bhi4--,signs for gate-posts4 ,both boys and girls have fine times in ,japan1 and they are as happy as the day is long4 ,on the fifth day of the fifth month the boys reign supreme1 and their relatives and friends vie with each other in their endeavors to render the day a happy one for the little fellows4 ,all ,japan is alive and anxious to celebrate the occasion4 ,quaint flags in the shape of enormous fish swim in the air and float over the towns1 forming bright masses of color4 ,every home that is blessed with one or more boys displays a fish banner for each son1 the younger the child the larger the fish1 and the proudest house is the one that can boast of the greatest number of fish flying from its bamboo pole4 ,every ,japanese boy's birthday is celebrated on this day with great rejoicing1 no matter at what time of the year he was born4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bij4--,upper half of koi4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bia4--,under half of koi4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bib4--,the koi--emblem of undaunted determination4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bic4--;,boy's birthday pole4 ,make ,several ,fish for the pole to be placed in front of the little paper house2 they look very comical1 bobbing and swinging high in air with their wide-open mouths4 ,cut ,fig4 #bij of white tissue-paper1 also ,fig4 #bia1 which is a trifle larger than the first and is slashed along three edges4 ,lay ,fig4 #bij on top of ,fig4 #bia2 bend the flaps over and paste them on ,fig4 #bij4 ,form a little hoop of a strip of stiff paper with the ends pasted together2 blow the fish open1 then paste the hoop on the inside of the open edge of the head to form its immense mouth4 ,when dry mark the fish with red paint like ,fig4 #bib4 ,tie a thread on the two opposite sides of the mouth and with another thread attach the loop to a slender stick on the end of which you have fastened a gold disk made of two pieces of gilt paper4 ,this is intended to represent the rice ball with which the real fish are fed4 ,the fish banners are hollow so that the wind may fill them1 causing the fish to rise and fall as the breeze comes and goes4 ,push the end of your fish-pole through the centre of a small box-lid or button mould 7,fig4 #bic7 and stand the decoration outside the gate-way of the little house4 ,the fish used on this eventful day are the famous carp1 which the natives call koi1 the unconquerable4 ,the ,japanese carp stands for good cheer1 indomitable will1 perseverance and fortitude1 and it is used to impress these virtues upon the boys1 but all the good qualities named are fully as necessary for girls even though the ,japanese do not mention the fact1 but girls are not forgotten4 ,the nation gives them the third day of the third month for their festival4 ,it is called the ,feast of ,dolls1 and is a gala day for little girls4 ,dolls and gorgeously dressed images1 representing the ,mikado1 nobles1 and ladies1 are brought out and placed on exhibition1 along with beautiful jars containing queer little trees and rare vases filled with flowers4 ,the day is made a joyous one and a day long to be remembered by the little girls4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bid4 ,pattern of kago4 ,there are no sidewalks in ,japan1 the pavements being laid lengthwise through the centre of the streets1 and on this path people stroll or hurry along4 ,mingled with the others are the ,japanese laboring men1 called coolies1 carrying between them ,the ,kago1 which swings from a pole the ends of which rest on the men's shoulders4 ,the kago is a sort of canopied hammock chair4 ,you can easily fashion a tiny one from paper and straw4 ,cut ,fig4 #bid of stiff paper1 make it three inches long and at the broadest part an inch and a quarter wide4 ,paint the kago yellow1 and to form the framework sew on each end a piece of heavy broom straw1 jointed grass1 or straw which has been limbered by soaking1 and cut a piece six and three-quarter inches long for each side4 ,bring the side straws together beyond each end and bind them 7,fig4 #bie74 ,then hunt up a slender round stick six inches long and sew the kago on it by means of thread loops at each end 7,fig4 #bif74 ,make the canopy of a piece of stiff paper three and one-half inches long and two and one-quarter inches wide1 paint it yellow1 and with stitches only at each end sew it firmly on the pole over the seat of the kago 7,fig4 #big74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bie4--;,bind the edges of the kago with grass or straw like this to make the frame4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bif4--,tie the kago to the pole4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #big4--,sew the top on over the pole4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bih4--,the little lady rides in her kago4 ,either buy a little ,japanese ,umbrella or make one of a disk of green tissue-paper folded and crimped from centre to edge4 ,use a heavy broom straw for the handle and lighter ones for the ribs2 stick them in1 gluing them only to the centre1 which is now the top of the umbrella2 wind the top of the umbrella1 the ribs1 and the handle firmly together with black thread4 ,the umbrella will not open but looks well closed4 ,place a tied bundle of red tissue-paper and the green umbrella on top of the yellow kago and fasten them securely in place with black thread 7,fig4 #bih74 ,fold a piece of soft1 lavender-colored material on the seat of the kago as a comfort for the doll to sit on2 then fit in a little ,japanese doll or any kind of doll dressed and painted to resemble a little ,jap4 ,the doll's head should reach up1 or almost up1 to the canopy4 ,pull part of the comfort over the doll and fasten her snugly up in a sitting position4 ,make a gay paper fan and attach it to one of the doll's hands1 and the little lady will be ready to go on her journey4 ,,chapter ,,xv ,,some ,,odd ,,things ,,in ,,russia ,,in his own country the ,czar is almost worshipped by the people1 and when his coronation takes place1 crowds of loyal ,russians flock to ,moscow1 the former in hopes of obtaining a glimpse of their beloved ruler1 or at least of seeing portions of the grand procession1 the beautiful decorations and the gay festivities which always form part of the jubilant occasion4 ,for centuries the great white ,czars have been crowned in the ,cathedral of the ,assumption1 which1 though not large1 is magnificent1 and is the most important building in all ,russia4 ,the structure stands1 surrounded by many other sacred edifices1 in an enclosure known as the ,kremlin1 situated in the centre of the city of ,moscow4 ,its white walls support a vaulted roof of soft1 dull green crowned with golden cupolas1 each cupola surmounted by a shining golden cross4 ,the interior is resplendent almost beyond description with its rich coloring1 its jewel-framed paintings1 its sculptures1 its gold1 silver1 and precious stones1 its priceless robes and holy relics4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #bii4--,miniature ,cathedral of the ,assumption4 ,to give a true conception of the wonderful interior of the sacred cathedral to one who has never seen it1 is impossible1 but we can gain an idea of the general appearance of the exterior by making a miniature ,cathedral of the ,assumption 7,fig4 #bii74 ,find1 or make1 a firm white pasteboard box seven inches long1 five and one-quarter inches wide1 and four and one-half inches high2 this is for the body of the building4 ,fold a strip of paper seven inches in length1 crosswise1 through the centre1 and bring the ends together1 making another fold crosswise through the centre of the doubled strip1 which will give four layers of paper of equal length4 ,cut this into a scallop three-quarters of an inch deep1 open out the strip and you will have four scallops1 each one and three-quarters inch wide1 at its base4 ,lay the strip in turn along each of the top edges of the sides of the box1 and mark the box around the edges of the scallops1 drawing four scallops on the two long sides of the box1 and three on each of the short sides4 ,cut out the scallops on top of the box2 then take the cover of the box1 which must form the roof of the structure1 and remove the bent-down sides2 trim off with scissors the extreme edge of one long side and one short side1 until the cover forms a tight fit in the top of the box1 but may1 with gentle pressure1 be made to slide down one inch4 ,fasten the roof in place at each corner by running a strong pin from the outside wall through into the roof1 until the pin is embedded its full length in the roof4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cjj4--,the ,door-way4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cja4 ,the door4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cjb4--;,door window4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cjc4--,upper window4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cjd4--,lower front windows4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cje4--,lower side windows ,now cut the ,door-way 7,fig4 #cjj7 of light reddish-brown paper2 make it three inches high and one and one-half inch wide4 ,let the door proper 7,fig4 #cja7 be of inked paper an inch and a half high by an inch and a quarter wide1 the door-window 7,fig4 #cjb7 one inch and a quarter high by three-quarters of an inch wide4 ,cut the upper row of windows like ,fig4 #cjc and the lower front windows according to ,fig4 #cjd4 ,make the lower side windows double 7,fig4 #cje74 ,the door-arch 7,fig4 #cjf7 must be a trifle over two and one-quarter inches long4 ,curve the arch by drawing it across a blade of the scissors1 paint it green on both sides1 bend down the slashed portion1 and paste the arch over the door-way1 as in ,fig4 #bii4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cjf4--,the door-arch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cjg4--,the paper cross4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cjh4--;,a cross on the top of each cupola4 ,make five ,cupolas of white writing-paper4 ,for each cupola1 cut a piece of paper five inches long4 ,let the first be three inches wide and the remaining four two and one-quarter inches wide2 slash up the bottom edge of each cupola one-quarter of an inch2 then half an inch below the top edge of each cupola paste a row of narrow1 three-quarter-inch high windows cut from inked paper 7,fig4 #cjc74 ,when the windows are on1 paste the two ends of each cupola together1 lapping them one-quarter of an inch4 ,bend out the lower slashed edge and glue the highest cupola on top of the centre of the roof2 fasten the other four on the roof near the corners and at equal distances from the centre 7,fig4 #bii74 ,have ready five half egg-shells and glue one on the top of each cupola4 ,then cut five paper crosses 7,fig4 #cjg71 each measuring about two inches in height1 including the lower slashed portion4 ,fasten a cross on top of each egg-shell 7,fig4 #cjh74 ,gild all the crosses and shells1 bringing the gilt down into a narrow band on the paper below the shells4 ,on the edge of each shell paste a narrow black-painted paper strip 7,fig4 #cji71 adjusting it so that the gilt on the white paper will show below the points4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cji4--;,a narrow black strip4 ,to ,make the ,roof fasten a five-eighths-inch wide strip of paper along and over the scalloped top edge of the four sides of the building1 using strong paste or glue for the purpose 7,fig4 #caj72 be sure that the strip is on even and firm2 then let it dry4 ,paint the entire flat roof and flat top surface of the scallops green1 using the same paint selected for the door-arch4 ,oil paint is best4 ,be careful not to spatter green on the white and gold cupolas4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #caj4--;,fasten a strip of paper along the edge4 ,when finished1 place your little cathedral up high on a level with your eyes1 turn it until you have the view which is given in ,fig4 #bii1 and you can very easily imagine just how the real ,cathedral of the ,assumption appears4 ,thousands of girls1 boys1 and grown-up men and women in freezing1 snowy ,russia1 ,sleep ,on ,their ,stoves every night during the long winter months4 ,how strange it would seem to be away up on top of a great warm stove1 built of brick and nearly as high as the ceiling6 ,the ,russians do not bother about making the bed1 or rather the stove1 for they have no sheets1 blankets1 or bedspreads4 ,when it is time to retire1 the inmates climb up on top of the great whitewashed stove and sleep just as they are1 in the clothing they wear during the day4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #caa4--;,dress a doll like a ,russian4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cab4--;,half of cap4 ,if you would know how the average ,russian looks1 ,dress a ,doll ,like a ,russian 7,fig4 #caa74 ,cut two halves of a muslin cap 7,fig4 #cab7 and sew them together 7,fig4 #cac74 ,sew in strands of tan-colored darning cotton on a line around the cap1 midway from top and bottom 7,a-,b1 ,fig4 #cab71 and also sew a line of tan-colored strands on each side of the middle stitching of the white cap1 until the lower fringe is reached4 ,fig4 #cad shows the fringe of hair partially sewed on the cap4 ,glue this cap on the doll's head1 smooth down the hair and cut it off straight around1 making the hair a trifle shorter at the back than the front4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cac4--,the cap4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cad4--,the fringe of hair partially sewed on4 ,cut another piece of cloth 7,fig4 #cae71 and sew in a fringe of the tan-colored cotton 7,fig4 #caf72 glue this on the doll to form the beard1 and trim off the edges4 ,paint the moustache on the face1 making it the color of the hair4 ,russians1 as a rule1 are blonds1 having either red or lighter-colored hair4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cae4--;,another piece of cloth4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #caf4--,the beard4 ,make the trousers loose and bind them to the doll below the knees4 ,the ,russian leather boots which the natives wear always reach up over the trousers1 and you can make such boots by painting the doll's feet black and sewing straight pieces of black material on the doll for boot-legs1 allowing the cloth to be long enough to wrinkle around the ankle4 ,try to make the boots appear as if laced up the front1 for many wear them so in ,russia4 ,the blouse should be loose and belted in at the waist1 hanging straight and square around the bottom4 ,in case your doll has real hair1 omit the wig and cut the real hair in ,russian style4 ,these people never use their immense stove for heating a teakettle1 though they drink tea upon all occasions4 ,to make tea they resort to a samovar1 which is a curious brass or copper vessel1 shaped something like an urn4 ,when the tea is ready1 it is poured into tall glasses1 a slice of lemon is put in each glass1 and the tea drunk scalding hot4 ,the beverage is called chai1 and the ,russians enjoy it so much that they often take twenty glasses in succession4 ,when one desires sugar1 it is not put in the tea1 but held in one hand1 and a portion bitten off from time to time between the swallows of tea4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cag4--;,a little ,russian samovar4 ,if you will empty an egg-shell of its contents and get a sheet of white writing-paper1 a small square box1 a piece of yellow sealing-wax1 some liquid gilt1 and five gilt beads1 four about the size of large peas1 and the fifth a trifle larger1 we can manufacture ,a ,little ,russian ,samovar like ,fig4 #cag4 ,should you have no box1 make one of pasteboard one inch square and half an inch high2 if you cannot get the beads1 use small1 round buttons4 ,the four beads or buttons are feet for the samovar4 ,fasten one on each corner of the bottom of the box with sealing-wax1 then glue the broken centre of the large end of the egg-shell on the middle of the top of the box4 ,cut the handles from paper according to ,fig4 #cah1 making each handle one inch and a half long and half an inch wide4 ,run the half of one handle over the edge of a blade of the scissors2 this will cause the paper to curl4 ,turn the handle over and curl the other half in the opposite direction2 bend the handle at the dotted line1 one-quarter of an inch from the lower edge1 and paste it on one side of the samovar1 midway between top and bottom4 ,make the other handle in the same way1 and fasten it on the opposite side4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cah4 ,the handle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cai4--,the faucet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbj4--,the different parts of the samovar4 ,cut the faucet 7,fig4 #cai7 of paper one inch wide2 roll the paper up from the bottom1 bringing the handle on top2 bend the handle straight up1 and bend the spout down in front of the handle4 ,glue the other end of the faucet to the front of the samovar with sealing-wax1 placing it near the bottom1 half-way between the two handles4 ,make the top chimney of a roll of paper a generous inch in width4 ,paste the loose edge of the paper down on the roll1 and pierce a hole in the roll one-quarter inch from the bottom1 making it large enough to admit the end of a match4 ,glue a burned match in this hole1 allowing the main part to extend out one-quarter of an inch from the chimney4 ,fasten a small1 round1 flat button on the end1 and attach a round paper disk three-quarters of an inch in diameter to the top of the chimney1 crowning the disk with the large bead4 ,fig4 #cbj gives all the different parts of the samovar and shows as nearly as possible how they should be put together4 ,when the samovar is finished1 gild it all over1 and you will have a unique little creation that would delight the heart of a ,russian4 ,,chapter ,,xvi ,,pottery ,,without ,a ,,potter',s ,,wheel ,,almost every girl at one time in her life has loved dearly to make mud-pies1 and it is not strange1 for her mother1 grandmother1 and many1 many times great-great-grandmother before her delighted in making mud-pies4 ,the last1 the primitive women of our race1 made them to some purpose1 for they were the inventors of pottery4 ,the home-making1 house-keeping instinct was strong even in these women1 who had no houses to keep1 and they did their best with the material at hand4 ,first they wove rude baskets for holding and carrying food2 then they learned that cooked food was better than uncooked and could be preserved much longer1 so they made baskets of a closer weave and cooked in them by means of water heated by hot stones2 finally1 they tried cooking over the fire in shallow baskets lined with clay4 ,the clay came out of the basket baked and hard1 and behold1 they had a new kind of vessel--fire-proof and water-proof4 ,we may imagine with what joy they welcomed this addition to their meagre store of home-making utensils and with what patient industry they strove to improve upon this discovery4 ,illustration3 ,making coiled pottery ,they used their baskets as moulds to hold the soft clay1 and they fashioned the clay without moulds into shapes suggested by natural objects4 ,the sea-shells furnished inspiration and many vessels were made in their beautiful forms4 ,the first potter was a woman1 even as the first basket-maker was a woman1 and1 coming down to our own times1 the important discovery of the production of exquisite colors and blending of colors in the ,rookwood pottery was made by a woman4 ,discovered1 developed1 and still1 in many cases1 carried on by women1 surely pottery is a woman's art1 and as a girl inheriting the old instincts1 you may find it the simplest and most natural means of expressing your individuality and love of the beautiful4 ,beginning as these gentle savages began1 using their primitive method1 you may be inspired to study deeper into the art1 and perhaps become the discoverer of some new process that will give to the world a still more beautiful pottery4 ,even the smallest girls may do something in ,coiled ,pottery1 for it is very simple and easy at first1 growing more difficult only as one grows ambitious to attempt more intricate forms4 ,the ,clay ready for use you will find at any pottery4 ,if it is dry break into small pieces1 put it in a large stone jar1 and cover with cold water2 let it stand until thoroughly soaked through and then stir with a stick until well mixed1 and work with your hands--squeezing and kneading until free from lumps and perfectly smooth4 ,when it is dry enough not to be muddy1 and is of the consistency of dough1 it is in good working condition4 ,keep the clay always in the jar and closely covered that it may not again become too dry4 ,besides the clay you will need a table to work on1 a pastry-board1 a thin block of wood about twelve inches square1 a wet sponge for cleaning and moistening your fingers1 and several simple tools4 ,the ,table4 ,if you stand at your work1 a tall office stool with rotating seat will be just the thing you want1 for by turning the seat this way and that you may look at your work from all sides without disturbing its position4 ,any kind of ordinary table will answer the purpose1 however4 ,on top of the table or stool place your pastry-board1 and at the right-hand side the sponge1 which must be kept quite damp4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cba4--;,a short1 flat stick4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbb4--,the tools4 ,piece of round stick sharpened at each end4 ,you will want but ,few ,tools as most of the work is done by the fingers alone4 ,a short1 flat stick1 sharpened on one side like the blade of a knife 7,fig4 #cba71 an old penknife1 a piece of round stick sharpened at each end like ,fig4 #cbb1 and some emery-paper are all you will need at first4 ,on the pastry-board place a large lump of clay1 then take a handful of the clay and begin to make ,the ,roll by turning it lightly between your hands 7,fig4 #cbc74 ,when the clay lengthens out lay it on the board1 and roll under your hands1 as perhaps you have done when making dough snakes4 ,keep your clay snake of an even size its entire length1 be careful not to flatten any part1 and continue to roll it with a light touch until it is about the thickness of your little finger4 ,place your square block on the stand before you1 and in the centre begin ,to ,coil the ,clay 7,fig4 #cbd74 ,when you have made a disk about two and one-half inches in diameter1 lift the roll and build up the sides1 coiling slowly round and round1 pinching it slightly as you go1 with the last row always resting on the one just beneath 7,fig4 #cbe74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbc4--,turn it lightly between your hands4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbd4--;,begin to coil the clay4 ,unless you have made a very long roll1 which is not easy to handle at first1 you will soon have to stop coiling for lack of material4 ,do not use all of the first roll1 but allow the end to rest on the table1 where it can be joined to the new roll you are to make4 ,pinch the end of the new roll to that of the old and round the joint between your hands4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbe4--,lift the roll and build up the sides4 ,continue coiling until you have made a cup-shaped vessel three inches high1 then break off the roll and flatten the end to meet the surface of the brim4 ,moisten your fingers on the sponge1 and smooth the inside of the cup1 holding the walls in place with your left hand curved around the outside 7,fig4 #cbf74 ,do not press too hard with either hand1 but slide your fingers gently round and round over the inner surface4 ,when the coils on the inside have become well flattened mix a little clay and water into a paste1 and spread it on1 filling any cracks that may still be left between the coils1 constantly smoothing all the time4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbf4--,smooth the inside of the cup4 ,you will find that this process has1 at first1 the effect of broadening the base and lowering the sides of the cup1 and until you have quite mastered the method you must allow for the broadening and flattening of your work4 ,your cup1 with a base of two and one-half inches and sides three inches in height1 will now probably be a saucer measuring about four inches across the bottom1 and not more than one inch and a half in height4 ,it matters little1 though1 at this stage what shapes you turn out4 ,do your best with each piece1 and if the work flattens turn it into a pretty dish by pinching the edge to form a little lip1 and adding a handle like ,fig4 #cbg4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbg4--,turn it into a pretty dish4 ,as you are working without a wheel the symmetry of your pottery must depend entirely upon your eye and hand1 therefore keep turning the block upon which it stands that no irregularity may be overlooked4 ,when you add ornaments or handles see that the roll of clay from which you make them adheres closely to the vessel4 ,add soft clay to the joints and smooth until the whole seems to be of one piece4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbh4--,the outside corrugated by the coil4 ,in your first attempts leave the outside of the pottery corrugated by the coils 7,fig4 #cbh72 later work you may smooth1 making a surface equal to that turned on a wheel4 ,do not try to finish a piece in one day2 it is much better to allow it to harden a little and become set1 then make it as smooth as you can with your tools1 levelling the edges and taking away extra thicknesses4 ,if this cannot be done at one time1 set the work away once more covered with a damp cloth and it will keep in good working condition for any length of time1 but remember1 the cloth must be kept damp1 otherwise the clay will harden4 ,when you have perfected your piece of pottery to your satisfaction put it away to dry1 not in the sun4 ,several days later1 after it has become quite hard1 go over the surface again with knife and emery-paper1 scraping and rubbing down until it is entirely smooth and free from flaws4 ,the work will then be ready to take to the potter for firing4 ,the color of clay changes in firing1 and your little piece of pottery will probably come back to you almost the color of old ivory4 ,one cannot be very positive about the color1 however1 for clays vary1 and perhaps yours may be of a kind that will fire another color4 ,the potter will glaze your work for you if you wish1 or leave it in the bisque4 ,nothing has been said about what ,shapes to ,make the ,pottery1 for that will depend much upon your own taste and ability4 ,rather low1 flat1 dish shapes are most easily handled and variations in the cup or flower-pot shape4 ,after these may come the jars and vases4 ,set a well-shaped piece of pottery before you as a model to copy1 until you have ideas of your own to carry out1 and learn to handle your clay before attempting too ambitious a subject4 ,,chapter ,,xvii ,,baby ,,alligators ,,and ,,other ,,things ,,of ,,clay ,,the first chance you have go to ,florida2 you will be charmed with all you see4 ,go where the sky is bluest1 where winter is changed to summer1 where the wild mocking-bird1 the ,kentucky cardinal1 the scarlet tanager1 the blue jay and a host of other birds are on most friendly terms with girls and boys4 ,go where the wild squirrels live unmolested in the beautiful great live-oaks1 whose branches are hung with long1 soft gray moss which swings and sways with the slightest breeze4 ,there you will find the home of many baby alligators1 queer little things whose eyes are provided with three eyelids2 one is transparent and slides across sidewise like a window-glass to keep the water out of the eyes when the little fellows want to see what is going on beneath the surface4 ,a number of baby alligators in a dry1 sunny spot1 will delight in piling upon each other four and five deep4 ,the young owner of twenty of these pets declares that on such occasions all the alligators sleep except one who1 wide-awake1 acts as sentinel4 ,at the approach of anyone he will swing his long tail over all his companions to awaken them and warn them of the danger that may be near4 ,fig4 #cbi was modelled from a baby alligator who conducted himself in a most dignified and exemplary manner when placed flat down on a shingle lying on a table2 but first he had to be held in position for a moment in order to recover from the excitement caused by being taken from his out-of-door home and brought into strange quarters4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cbi4--;,alligator modelled from life4 ,it is not difficult to model a ,baby ,alligator of ,clay4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ccj4--;,clay for modelling alligator4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cca4--;,clay rolled between the hands4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ccb4--;,beginning the head4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ccc4--;,extra pieces on for eyes and nose4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ccd4--;,head almost in shape4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cce4--;,head finished4 ,all you need for the work is a lump of soft clay1 a hat-pin1 your fingers1 and determination to succeed4 ,take a piece of clay 7,fig4 #ccj7 and roll it between your hands until it resembles ,fig4 #cca4 ,push the two ends together1 causing the roll to hump up slightly near the centre1 lay it down on a board or any hard1 flat surface1 and with the fingers carefully pat1 squeeze1 and push it into the form of ,fig4 #ccb4 ,gently smooth out all roughness2 then nip off little pieces of clay from the big lump for the nose and two eyes2 stick them on as in ,fig4 #ccc4 ,again smooth the rough edges until the clay looks like ,fig4 #ccd4 ,with a little careful modelling you can make the head exactly like ,fig4 #cce4 ,mark the eyes1 mouth1 and nose with the flat point of the pin4 ,if portions of the head become too thick1 take off some of the clay1 and if at any time the head is worked down too thin fill in the hollow spots with clay4 ,in modelling one can always pinch off pieces here and there when necessary2 or add little bits1 smooth it all down1 and the places altered will never show the marks of the change4 ,when the head is finished cover it with a wet cloth to keep the clay moist1 and begin to make ,the ,body4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ccf4--;,clay for body of alligator4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ccg4--;,body of alligator4 ,mould another piece of clay like ,fig4 #ccf4 ,run the ball of your thumb along the sides1 making the body the form of ,fig4 #ccg1 broader and thicker through the centre than at the two ends4 ,for the tail pull from the large lump a smaller amount of clay1 roll it and model it like ,fig4 #cch1 larger at one end than at the other4 ,the last portion 7,fig4 #cci71 like the others1 is flat on the bottom1 and with the exception of a small triangle at the heavy end of the tail the two sides meet at the top1 forming a sharp ridge which decreases in height as it tapers down to a point at the extreme end4 ,as each part is finished keep it moist with a wet cloth1 and when the four sections are made place them in a row 7,fig4 #cdj71 then join them together1 rounding all the edges slightly4 ,fig4 #cda shows how to mark the back of the alligator4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cch4--,section of tail4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cci4--,tail of alligator4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdj4--,ready to be put together4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cda4--,marking the back4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdb4--,roll a small piece of clay4 ,live alligators1 you know1 are encased in a natural ,coat of ,armor formed of small plates or shields1 and in the clay one must imitate the real4 ,use the hat-pin for marking the lines on the head1 and trace stripes sidewise across the entire length of the body in the manner shown by ,fig4 #cda from ,c to ,d1 continuing the stripes down each side of the first section of the tail 7,fig4 #cbi74 ,next run a line lengthwise through the entire centre4 ,d to ,e 7,fig4 #cda7 shows how to begin1 only you must commence the central lengthwise line at ,c4 ,mark the plates on one side starting at ,c1 as indicated from ,e to ,f 7,fig4 #cda72 then make them on the other side1 which will cause a pointed scallop to stand out and up on both sides of the space from ,g to ,h 7,fig4 #cda74 ,on the last section the top ridge will be scalloped ,h to ,k 7,fig4 #cda74 ,the nostrils are distinctly marked by two round holes2 make these with the point of the pin4 ,cover the alligator over with a wet cloth while you model his ,legs4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdc4--;,break off a part4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdd4--,turn back the end4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cde4--;,add another piece4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdf4--,press end of leg out flat4 ,roll a small piece of clay 7,fig4 #cdb71 break off a part 7,fig4 #cdc7 and turn back the broken end 7,fig4 #cdd74 ,add another piece to it 7,fig4 #cde71 smooth the edges together1 forming a bend like an elbow 7,fig4 #cdf71 and press the end of the leg out flat 7,fig4 #cdf74 ,roll five small pieces 7,fig4 #cdg7 and fasten them on the flattened portion of the leg in the positions shown by ,fig4 #cdh4 ,the foot suggests a human hand1 the toes taking the places of thumb and fingers4 ,rub the toes into the foot and spread out the extended1 flattened part of the leg1 making it appear web-like between the toes 7,fig4 #cdi74 ,the foot of the real animal has nails or claws on three of the toes 7,fig4 #cej71 but you need not attempt this detail4 ,if the foot is correct in form and proportion you have made it well4 ,fig4 #cej is given merely to show how the natural foot looks4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdg4--,ready to begin the foot4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdh4--,modelling the foot4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cdi4--;,fore-foot and leg of alligator4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cej4--;,fore-foot of alligator4 ,model two front and two hind legs and feet2 see that the hind feet and legs are larger and differently formed from the front ones4 ,the hind feet have only four toes 7,fig4 #cea74 ,the line ,a 7,fig4 #cdj7 designates the place where the front legs should be joined to the body1 and the line ,b 7,fig4 #cdj7 shows where to fasten on the hind legs4 ,that you may have a thorough understanding of the manner and direction in which the joints of the legs bend1 we will suppose that you rest on the floor on your knees and elbows4 ,you will then find that your knees bend forward and your elbows backward1 with your arms corresponding to the front legs and your legs to the hind legs4 ,now1 when you draw or model hereafter1 you will not make any mistake in regard to it4 ,look again at ,fig4 #cdi4 ,the foot1 ,v1 corresponds to or rudely resembles your hand2 ,t1 your wrist2 ,p1 your elbow2 ,o1 your shoulder4 ,examine ,fig4 #cbi4 ,on the hind leg are the foot1 ankle1 knee and hip joint4 ,while the alligator is in a plastic state make him open his mouth1 by cutting a slit in the head from the front along the waved line up back beyond the eye2 carefully pull apart the jaws 7,fig4 #ceb74 ,have your alligator measure at least fourteen inches from tip to tip1 for it will be more difficult to model a smaller one4 ,once having made the little creature1 you will find it easy to model similar animals2 select something else in the same line and try to make it4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cea4--;,alligator's hind-foot4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ceb4--;,cut open the mouth4 ,most fruits are readily reproduced in clay4 ,the ,banana is very simple to copy4 ,roll a piece of clay1 making the ends bluntly pointed2 bend it slightly as in ,fig4 #cec and1 paying strict attention to proportion1 carefully form the work like the original1 adding1 taking from1 smoothing and flattening as may be required 7,fig4 #ced74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cec4--;,clay ready for modelling banana4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ced4--;,banana modelled in clay4 ,the ,father of ,his ,country always commands admiration1 and everything pertaining to him is interesting4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cee4--;,egg-shaped clay for head4 ,a ,head of ,washington modelled with your own hands would have a double value4 ,you could show the head to your friends and tell them how you made it1 and should they wish to become amateur sculptors1 you might help them with their work4 ,make a thick cake of clay for the bust4 ,on the back part of the top lay a small1 round cake to form the neck1 and push a stick down the centre of the neck through the bust to the board beneath1 allowing a portion of the stick to extend up beyond the neck2 then roll a piece of clay into the form of an egg for the head--three times the size of a hen's egg--and push it down on the stick 7,fig4 #cee74 ,the stick enters the head near the centre of one side1 so do not push the clay egg on through one end4 ,continue to push the head down until it meets the neck4 ,the stick is necessary to give firmness and support to the work4 ,model the head1 neck1 and bust until it looks like ,fig4 #cef4 ,while modelling you must not neglect any part of the head2 the work should go on at the sides and back as well as the front2 every now and then turn the stand on which your work is placed that you may model other portions of the head4 ,in sculpture it is essential that objects be made as they are2 therein lies the difference between sculpture and painting2 in painting and drawing objects are not made as they actually exist but as they appear4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cef4--;,head blocked in4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ceg4--,modelling features4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ceh4--;,george ,washington4 ,be sure to have the head of correct proportions before beginning the features2 then take away a little of the clay where the nose joins the forehead and cut away more clay under the nose straight down to the chin1 according to the dotted lines which appear in ,fig4 #ceg4 ,hollow out places for the eyes and indicate the mouth with a straight line4 ,add more clay for the hair1 forming it into a queue at the back4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cei4--,washington's profile4 ,finished head4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfj4--;,back of ,washington's head4 ,be careful to study well the character of ,washington's face before going on with the work4 ,notice that it is strong1 the chin firm and square1 the lips tightly closed and the mouth almost a straight line1 the nose not perfectly straight but inclined to be aquiline1 the eyes rather heavy-lidded2 and the hair1 following the line of the head on the top1 is puffed out on the sides1 covering both ears4 ,fig4 #ceh gives the front view1 ,fig4 #cei the profile1 and ,fig4 #cfj the back view of the head4 ,make the neck full and large4 ,you can keep the clay moist with a wet cloth and work on the head a little each day4 ,persevere until you make so good a likeness of ,george ,washington that it will be recognized at a glance1 and ever afterward you will enjoy and appreciate much more all portraits of him4 ,,chapter ,,xviii ,,funny ,,little ,,apple ,,toys ,,such a funny little porcupine6 ,see how his pointed spears bristle out in every direction1 forming a fine coat of mail 7,fig4 #cfb74 ,if he was only alive1 he could coil himself up into a prickly ball--not a ball1 though1 that one could handle without being hurt4 ,this little fellows differs from the ,hystrix cristata1 or real porcupine1 in that he did not wait until his quills grew to turn into a ball1 but was a ball to begin with1 for he commenced life as an apple1 and an apple is one of the nicest kinds of balls1 as it may be tossed back and forth and then eaten later4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfa4--;,bent toothpick4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfb4--,the apple porcupine4 ,if you can find an apple with a bump on one side1 you may make a porcupine in less than five minutes1 for all that is necessary is to stick the apple full of wooden toothpicks1 and that work will be as easy as putting pins into a cushion4 ,let the bump on the apple form the head of the animal4 ,bend four toothpicks like ,fig4 #cfa and push them up into the apple to serve as legs and feet4 ,make the bent toothpicks balance the apple perfectly1 so that the porcupine will stand firmly on its feet without other support4 ,use black pins for eyes and broom straws for the whiskers4 ,stick them into the head of the animal as shown in ,fig4 #cfb4 ,begin at the extreme back of the porcupine to insert the wooden toothpicks that are to serve as quills2 although they are not hollow it makes very little difference1 as this wee creature cannot shake them1 causing the quills to knock against each other1 as does the real animal when he wants to produce a rustling sound to warn off an enemy4 ,continue pushing in the toothpicks until the apple resembles ,fig4 #cfb4 ,keep the quills inclined backward and be careful not to have them stand out too far2 slant the quills as much as possible1 as the length of the porcupine must appear greater than the breadth4 ,now1 if you could endow the animal with life1 you would find that he was a vegetarian2 that is1 he could not eat meat1 and you would be obliged to feed him on fruit1 roots1 and certain kinds of bark4 ,you may be glad1 though1 that this porcupine is only a make-believe one1 for1 if he lived1 he would sleep all day and want to run about and take his exercise during the night2 and1 more than that1 you would feel very sorry for the poor little fellow1 because he would be extremely lonesome so far away from his native land of ,india1 ,africa1 or some part of ,southern ,europe4 ,so of the two1 all things considered1 the apple porcupine makes a better pet for the small members of the household4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfd4--,shape of eye4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfe4--;,apple seed in centre of eye4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cff4--,the nose4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfg4--,sally's open mouth4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfh4--,strip of paper rolled up tight4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfc4--,sally ,walker's head4 ,a round1 delicately pink-tinted apple is best for ,little ,sally ,walker's ,head 7,fig4 #cfc74 ,with the small blade of a pocket-knife cut the eyes near the centre of the apple1 placing them far apart to give an innocent expression to the face 7,fig4 #cfc74 ,cut the lower line of the eyes straight and the upper curved1 as in ,fig4 #cfd2 then push the small1 pointed end of an apple-seed in the centre of each eye2 run the seed in so far that only a small portion of the blunt end stands out 7,fig4 #cfe74 ,cut away a small1 half-moon-shaped piece of the skin 7,fig4 #cff7 to indicate the nose4 ,the mouth must be open and made the shape of ,fig4 #cfg4 ,cut it into the apple a trifle more than an eighth of an inch in depth4 ,make the curls of two narrow strips of paper rolled up tight like ,fig4 #cfh2 then pulled out as in ,fig4 #cfi4 ,pin one curl on each side of the head 7,fig4 #cfc74 ,cut a round piece of white paper for ,sally's collar4 ,make a small hole in its centre and slip the collar on the end of a stick2 then push the stick well up into the lower part of the head 7,fig4 #cfc74 ,keep the collar in place by two pins stuck through it into the apple4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cfi4--,sally's curl4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgj4--,the apple ,indian4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cga4--;,indian's nose4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgb4--,paper feather for apple ,indian4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgc4--,the apple ,jap4 ,the ,indian is very different in coloring and expression from ,sally 7,fig4 #cgj74 ,notice how near together his eyes are2 and see how long and narrow his nose is4 ,if you examine the face of the next red man you see1 or the picture of one1 you will probably find that he has two deep1 decided lines from his nose to his mouth1 and that the mouth itself is firm and straight4 ,remember these hints when making the ,indian's head4 ,select a dark-red apple1 one that is rather long and narrow1 if possible1 for the red man seldom has a round face4 ,cut two eyes of white paper and pin them on the apple with black-headed pins pierced through the centre of each eye4 ,make the long nose of paper 7,fig4 #cga74 ,cut two slits close together on the face and slide the sides of the nose 7,,aa1 ,fig4 #cga7 into the slits 7,fig4 #cgj74 ,cut two more slits1 one on each side of the nose1 down to the corners of the mouth1 and insert in each a piece of narrow white paper to form the lines2 then cut one more slit for the mouth and push in a strip of white paper1 which may be bent down to show a wider portion 7,fig4 #cgj74 ,last1 but not least1 come the ornamental feathers4 ,if you can obtain natural ones so much the better2 if not1 make paper feathers of bright1 differently colored paper4 ,fig4 #cgb shows how to cut them4 ,roll the bottom portion to make a stiff stem and after punching holes in the top of the apple1 forming them in a row around the crown of the head1 push each feather in place1 having the tallest in the centre1 as in ,fig4 #cgj4 ,run a slender stick up into the bottom of the head and you will have something better than taffy-on-a-stick4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgd4--;,apple ,jap's eye4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cge4--;,for apple ,jap's hair4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgf4--;,apple ,jap's hair4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgg4--,stick frame for apple ,jap4 ,the ,jap's 7,fig4 #cgc7 features are formed very differently from those of either ,sally or the ,indian4 ,his eyes are shaped like narrow almonds1 rather bluntly rounded at the inner corners and pointed at the outer corners4 ,cut the eyes like ,fig4 #cgd of black paper and stick them on the head with white-headed pins driven through the centre of each4 ,let the eyes slant up at the outer corners1 for that is the way real ,japanese eyes grow4 ,they never have eyes like ,sally's4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgi4--;,foundation of apple tower4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chj4--,second floor of apple tower4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cha4--,ready for third floor4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cgh4--;,apple tower4 ,make the nose crescent-shaped1 and pin it on with two white pins4 ,the mouth must be much larger than the nose1 though cut in similar shape4 ,hold the mouth in position by running a row of white pins through it into the head4 ,the pins will also form the ,jap's teeth4 ,cut the hair of black paper 7,fig4 #cge72 if you have no black paper1 make some with ink4 ,fringe the hair as in ,fig4 #cgf2 then fasten the circle of stiff black hair on top of the head with black pins4 ,use a russet apple or a yellow one for the ,jap1 because1 you know1 these people do not have red cheeks or fair skins4 ,when the head is finished1 push it down on the top of a stick across which has been fastened another shorter stick near the top 7,fig4 #cgg74 ,make a simple kimono-like gown of paper and hang it on over the ,jap's arms4 ,if you wish1 you can paste the edges or seams of the garment together 7,fig4 #cgc74 ,find a firm1 sound1 round apple1 and we can ,build a ,tower 7,fig4 #cgh74 ,cut the fruit into rather thick slices1 select the middle slice1 that being the largest1 and stick four toothpicks into it 7,fig4 #cgi74 ,take the slice next in size and push it down tight on top of the four toothpicks 7,fig4 #chj74 ,stick four more toothpicks into the second slice 7,fig4 #cha71 placing the toothpicks in the spaces on the second slice between the lower first four toothpicks 7,fig4 #cha74 ,on the tops of the last toothpicks fasten another slice of apple1 then stick in more toothpicks and so on1 always remembering to place the top toothpicks in the spaces on the apple slice left between the lower toothpicks4 ,build up the tower at least seven slices high and do the work carefully1 keeping the toothpicks straight and even1 that the apple tower may stand erect and not resemble the famous ,leaning ,tower of ,pisa2 for if your building should incline to one side1 as does the ,pisa tower1 it would not long retain that position1 but the entire structure would come tumbling down1 obliging you to try building again with another apple4 ,a fine ,dutch windmill can be made of one apple and a paper pin-wheel1 and there are lots of other interesting things you may manufacture from the same fruit4 ,,chapter ,,xix ,,marvel ,,pictures ,,here are ,mary1 ,mary's lamb1 and ,mother ,goose's goose all waiting for you to dress them and make them into ,marvel pictures4 ,mary must be attired in her clothes1 the lamb in his wool1 and ,mother ,goose's goose in its feathers1 and you can do it every bit yourself4 ,then when all are nicely finished you can tack them up in your room for everyone to admire and wonder over4 ,we will begin with ,mary1 because a little girl is vastly more important than a lamb or a goose1 however much the others may be petted and loved4 ,illustration3 ,mary4 ,take a smooth piece of white tissue-paper1 lay it over the drawing of ,mary given here1 and with a moderately soft pencil make a careful tracing of the little figure4 ,turn the paper the other side up and go over the lines again with a very soft pencil2 then lay the paper right side up on a piece of white cardboard1 a little larger than the page of this book4 ,see that the figure is exactly in the middle and again go over the lines with your pencil4 ,remove the tissue-paper and strengthen the lines of your drawing with your hardest pencil4 ,if you have a box of water-color paints1 tint ,mary's face1 her neck and arms flesh-pink4 ,redden her cheeks a little1 and paint her lips a darker red4 ,make her eyes blue and her hair a light brown and she will be quite ready for ,her ,dress4 ,fig4 #chb is the pattern1 which you must make by tracing it on tissue-paper and then cutting it out4 ,choose any material you like--wool1 cotton1 or silk1 for her dress and any color1 only let it be quite smooth4 ,lay the tissue-paper pattern down on the goods1 pin it in place and cut around close to the edges4 ,try the dress on ,mary to see that it fits perfectly2 then cover the wrong side thinly with paste1 adjust it to the little figure and press down firmly1 smoothing out any wrinkles that may appear4 ,cut a white lawn apron like the pattern 7,fig4 #chc71 and paste it over the dress bringing the upper edge up to the waist line4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chb4--,mary's dress4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chc4--,mary's apron4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chd4--,the brim of sun-bonnet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #che4--;,crown of sun-bonnet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chf4--,plait like this4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chg4--;,cut like this4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chh4--,mary's sun-bonnet4 ,make a cunning little ,sun-bonnet of the white lawn also4 ,fig4 #chd is the brim1 ,fig4 #che the crown of the bonnet4 ,cut out ,fig4 #chd first and fold back the flap according to the dotted lines1 then ,fig4 #che1 which you must plait fan-shape like ,fig4 #chf1 and then cut the shape of ,fig4 #chg4 ,put a little paste along the lower edge of ,fig4 #chg1 and over it lay the top edge of the brim 7,fig4 #chd71 pasting them together like ,fig4 #chh4 ,fit the bonnet on ,mary's head and paste it in place1 but leave the side-flaps to stand out loosely from her face4 ,mary's ,lamb can be traced and then drawn on cardboard in exactly the same manner as ,mary1 or it may be drawn on white writing-paper1 cut out carefully and pasted on black or colored cardboard4 ,this last is perhaps the better plan as the white lamb will show more plainly on a colored background4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #chi4--,pattern of lamb's coat4 ,fig4 #chi is the pattern for ,master ,lamb's coat1 which you are to cut from a sheet of white cotton wadding1 opened through the centre to give the wooliness of the raw cotton4 ,a sheep's wool does not grow long on its legs1 so you need not wonder that the lamb is not provided with leggings4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cij4--,lamb's cap4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cij4--,lamb's cap4 ,paste the coat on the lamb's back and the little cap 7,fig4 #cij7 on top of his head and he will have all the clothing to which he is entitled4 ,the dotted line below the lamb's ear shows how far the wool is to reach on his face1 and that on the top of his head gives the limit for the edge of the cap4 ,illustration3 ,mary's lamb4 ,when you have traced ,mother ,goose's ,goose and transferred it to a sheet of cardboard1 you must collect a number of small feathers as much as possible like the shapes given in the page of diagrams4 ,perhaps you can get those plucked from the chicken for to-day's dinner1 or you may be allowed to take a few from mother's feather pillows or cushions4 ,if you do not find feathers of just the right shapes take a pair of sharp scissors and trim them down to suit4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cia4--,tail feather4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cib4--;,how to paste on the tail feathers4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cic4--;,body feather4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cie4--,wing feather4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cid4--;,how to paste on the body feathers4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cif4--,wing feather4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cih4--,neck and breast feather4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cig4--;,how to paste on the wing feathers4 ,illustration3 ,caption of ,figures #cia-cig3 ,how to put the feathers on ,mother ,goose's goose4 ,illustration3 ,mother ,goose's goose4 ,select three feathers for the tail like the tail feather ,fig4 #cia1 and fit them in place on the goose to see just where they are to go2 then take them off1 cover the tail with glue and carefully put the feathers back in place1 pressing them down until they stick fast 7,fig4 #cib74 ,find body feathers like ,fig4 #cic and1 beginning near the tail1 cover part of the body with glue1 then stick the feathers on1 overlapping them as in ,fig4 #cid4 ,the under part of the body must be entirely covered with these feathers1 but before going on to the breast and neck the wing must be attended to4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #cii4 ,there are two kinds of wing feathers--some long and narrow 7,fig4 #cie71 and others much shorter 7,fig4 #cif74 ,begin at the lower edge of the wing and glue a row of the long feathers in place1 allowing the lower edge of one feather to overlap the upper edge of another1 as in ,fig4 #cig4 ,along the top edge of the wing glue a row of the small feathers 7,fig4 #cig71 and then1 beginning again at the lower edge of the wing1 cover the remainder with the small feathers4 ,the short1 broad feather 7,fig4 #cih71 is the kind to use on breast and neck4 ,begin at the wing and fasten them on1 going upward until the head is reached1 then trim off the stems of the feathers to fit the space shown by the dotted line on the goose's head 7,fig4 #cii74 ,do not put too much glue on the goose at one time1 only enough for one row of feathers1 and spread it very thinly1 for it takes but little to catch and hold the light feathers in place4 ,,part ,,ii ,,recreation ,illustration3 ,lifting for ,pasch eggs4 ,,chapter ,,xx ,,egg ,,games ,,for ,,the ,,easter ,,holidays ,lifting for ,pasch ,eggs ,,lifting was one of the many curious and interesting ,easter customs of the good old days in merry ,england1 and we introduce it here in the form of a very jolly ,easter game4 ,first you must ,prepare the ,pasch1 or ,easter ,eggs in this way3 ,select three large white eggs1 make a minute hole in the small end of each1 and another hole the size of a silver dime in the large end4 ,place the hole at the small end of each shell to your lips and blow steadily until all the egg has run out4 ,then set the shells in a warm place to dry while you make ready something bitter and something sweet with which to fill them4 ,soft1 creamy candies of a small size are the best for this4 ,select several pieces for each egg1 and pour on each of these one drop of a weak solution of wormwood or quinine4 ,mix the bitter candy with the sweet1 and fill the egg-shells4 ,cut from gilt or colored paper three scalloped disks four inches in diameter 7,fig4 #djj74 ,through the centre of each disk pass a needle threaded with doubled black linen thread1 cover the under side of the disk with paste1 separate the two ends of the thread and hold them down on each side of the large end of a shell1 as shown in ,fig4 #dja2 then draw the disk down and paste it upon the shell over the threads4 ,if the ends of the thread extend below the disk1 clip them off with sharp scissors4 ,wait until the paste is quite dry and the paper firmly attached to the shells1 then hang the eggs by their threads in a door-way so that they will be just one foot higher than you can reach4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #djj4--;,cut three scalloped disks like this4 ,the ,game ,there must be at least two girls and two boys to play the game4 ,fold a shawl or wide scarf until it forms a narrow band4 ,wrap it around the waist of one of the girls1 fasten it securely1 and blindfold her with a handkerchief4 ,let a boy stand on either side of her1 grasp the band firmly1 and then march her up to the door-way where the eggs are suspended1 chanting these words3 ,tid1 ,mid and ,mi-se-ra1 ,carling1 ,palm1 and ,pasch-egg day4 ,lift you now off your feet1 ,take your bitter with your sweet4 ,reaching the door-way they must halt just before it1 and when the girl says ,ready she must jump1 the boys at the same time lifting her by the band around her waist4 ,as she jumps she must try to catch one of the eggs4 ,she can have but one trial1 and if she succeeds in bringing down an egg it is hers2 failing1 she must wait until her turn comes again for the chance of securing a prize4 ,one of the boys must have the next trial1 while the two girls become the lifters4 ,the same ceremony must be gone through with for each player1 a girl and a boy alternately1 and the same verse repeated4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dja4--,paste the disk on the shell4 ,it is not necessary to expend any strength in the lifting1 for the players should jump1 and not depend upon the helpers to be lifted up within reach of the eggs4 ,when the eggs have been pulled down1 the fun consists in eating the candy1 with always the certainty of finding some bitter drops among the sweet1 and the uncertainty of how soon and how often the bitter will be found4 ,the ,egg ,dance ,the egg dance is very old1 so old that it is a novelty to young people of this generation4 ,it is said that this dance formerly created much mirth1 and no doubt it will afford our modern girls and boys an equal amount of merriment4 ,the ,eggs ,to prepare for it1 take thirteen eggs1 blow the contents from the shells1 color eight red1 gild four1 and leave one white4 ,the object in removing the egg from the shell is to save the carpet from being soiled should the eggs be trampled on4 ,if the carpet is protected by a linen cover hard-boiled eggs may be used4 ,place the eggs on the floor in two circles1 one within the other4 ,the outer circle1 formed of the red eggs placed at equal distances apart1 should measure about eight feet in diameter2 the inner circle1 formed of the gilded eggs1 should be four feet in diameter1 and the white egg must be placed directly in the centre of the inner circle4 ,the ,dance ,the eggs being arranged the company is divided into couples1 each in turn to try the dance4 ,the first couple takes position within the outer circle--that is1 between the red eggs and the gilded ones--and1 to waltz music1 they dance around the circle three times1 keeping within the space between the two circles4 ,entering the inner circle they waltz three times around the central egg1 and all this must be done without breaking or greatly disturbing any of the eggs4 ,when an egg is broken or knocked more than twelve inches from its position1 the dancers retire and give place to the next couple4 ,the broken eggs are not replaced1 but those out of position are set in order before the succeeding couple commence the dance4 ,when each couple has had a turn and none have accomplished the feat1 all change partners and the trial begins again4 ,the first couple to go through the mazes of the dance without breaking or disturbing any of the eggs win each a first prize2 the next successful couple receive second prizes1 and the third are rewarded with one colored hard-boiled egg which they may divide between them4 ,illustration3 ,angling for ,easter eggs4 ,easter ,angling ,the appliances for this game are manufactured at home1 and consist of three toy hoops1 such as children use for rolling1 eight bamboo walking-canes1 and eight hooks made of wire like ,fig4 #djb4 ,a piece of twine three-quarters of a yard long is tied to the small end of each stick1 and to the other end of the twine is fastened a hook4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #djb4--;,eight hooks made of wire4 ,smooth1 stiff1 light-brown paper is pasted or tacked over each hoop like a drum-head1 and in this paper covering of each hoop six round holes are cut1 just large enough to admit the small end of an egg1 or about the size of a silver quarter of a dollar4 ,four of the holes are made at equal distances apart1 twelve inches from the edge of the paper1 and the other two are near the centre 7,fig4 #djc74 ,eighteen eggs to be angled for are provided4 ,they are not boiled1 but the shells are emptied and prepared for decoration in the manner previously described4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #djc4--;,cut six holes in the paper like these4 ,they may be painted with water-colors1 with designs of spring flowers and butterflies1 gilded or silvered1 or colored with dyes4 ,a circle of gilt paper is folded twice1 which forms ,fig4 #djd1 and an eight-pointed star is cut by following the dotted lines in ,fig4 #djd4 ,in the centre of this is cut a round hole1 and when opened1 the star 7,fig4 #dje7 is the result4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #djd4--;,cut the star by following dotted lines4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dje4--,the gilt star4 ,a piece of narrow white satin ribbon1 three inches long1 is folded and pushed through the hole in the centre of the star1 forming a loop2 the ends are then pasted to the point on either side of the star4 ,when the egg-shell has received its decoration1 this star and loop are glued to the large end of each shell1 as shown in ,fig4 #djf4 ,in twelve of the egg-shells are hidden trifling gifts of candy1 a tiny penknife1 silver thimble1 or a trinket of any kind2 in four are slips of paper on which are written ,prize ,ring1 and in the other two are also slips of paper2 on one is written ,first ,prize1 and on the other ,second ,prize4 ,every shell being supplied with its gift the holes at the small end of the egg are covered by pasting over each a small round of white paper1 the edge of which is cut in points to make it fit more easily to the shell4 ,rules of the ,game4 #ast4 ,eight players only can take part in the game4 #b;d4 ,the three hoops are placed on the floor1 paper side up1 at some distance apart4 ,in each of the two ordinary rings are placed six eggs standing upright in the holes1 small end down2 four eggs contain presents and two the papers bearing the words ,prize ,ring4 ,in the third1 or prize ring1 are four eggs containing presents1 and the two which hold the papers with the words ,first ,prize and ,second ,prize4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #djf4--;,glue the star and loop to the shell4 #c;d4 ,there must be no distinguishing mark upon any of the prize eggs4 #dth4 ,four players stand around each of the ordinary rings4 ,having once chosen their places they must keep them until all the eggs have been taken from the ring4 #eth4 ,every player is provided with a fishing-rod which is held by one end1 not in the middle4 #fth4 ,the endeavor of each player is to insert his hook through the ribbon loop on one of the eggs and lift it out of the ring1 doing this as quickly as possible and catching as many as he can4 ,as each egg is taken from the ring its contents are examined and the player who first gets a prize-ring egg ceases angling until the other prize-ring egg has been caught4 #gth4 ,when the eggs have all been taken out of both ordinary rings1 the two players in each ring who have the prize-ring eggs move to the prize ring and angle for the eggs which it contains4 #hth4 ,two prizes1 the first and second1 fall to the lot of the two players who are fortunate enough to secure the prize eggs in the prize ring4 ,the prizes given for the prize eggs at the prize ring should be of a little more importance than those contained in the eggs4 ,instead of trinkets these eggs may contain only candy1 which will give more prominence to the two real prizes given at the end of the game4 ,table ,egg-rolling4 ,everyone knows about the egg-rolling where the eggs are started at the top of a hill and rolled to the bottom1 for it has become almost a national game1 being played annually on the ,white ,house grounds in ,washington on ,easter ,monday2 but there is a new game of egg-rolling to be played in the house1 in which any person in any place may take part4 ,this is played1 not with cooked eggs1 as in the ,washington game1 but with empty egg-shells1 which have been blown and left as nearly perfect as possible2 and the field for the game is a table with a chalked line across either end about eight inches from the edge and another line directly across the centre4 ,the players are divided into ,two ,equal ,forces which take their places at opposite ends of the table4 ,each player is provided with a fan and the egg-shell is placed directly in the centre of the table on the dividing line4 ,at the word ,ready all begin to fan1 the object of each side being to send the egg to its goal across the line at the opposite end of the table1 and to prevent its being rolled into the goal at its own end4 ,on no account must the egg be touched except in placing and replacing it on the centre line1 which is done whenever a score is made1 and when the egg rolls off the table2 in all other cases it may be moved only by fanning4 ,each time the egg enters a goal it counts one for the side at the opposite end of the table1 and when the score is marked the egg must be replaced in the centre2 then1 at the given signal1 the fanning is renewed4 ,the winning score may be ten1 fifteen1 or twenty-five1 but it is best not to make it too large1 for several short games are more enjoyable than one long one4 ,,chapter ,,xxi ,,may ,,day ,,amusements ,,mingling with the festivities of ,may day in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries were certain games intended to represent the adventures of ,robin ,hood1 that bold forest chieftain who with his band of merry men1 all clad in ,lincoln green1 held many a contest with bow and arrows2 and though most of them were masters of the sport1 none could quite equal the leader1 ,robin ,hood4 ,from certain customs of these bygone days we can evolve a delightful entertainment and call it the ,twentieth ,century ,may day4 ,the most important personage on this occasion is the ,may ,queen1 who must win her crown by skill in archery4 ,the next in importance is the ,king who wins his title in the same way4 ,of course1 ,bows and arrows will be needed for the sport1 and these we will make at home4 ,they will be quite small and easy to manufacture1 but the bows1 though tiny1 will work to a charm and send the home-made arrows flying with swiftness and precision to their goal4 ,look up a piece of flat rattan1 from which to form the bow1 such as is often used to stiffen stays and dress waists2 cut it eleven and one-half inches in length and burn a hole in each end by boring through the rattan with a hair-pin heated red hot at one end 7,fig4 #djg74 ,holes made in this way will not split or break the rattan4 ,pass a strong linen thread through the hole in one end of the bow and tie it firmly 7,fig4 #djh72 then bring the thread across to the other end1 pass it through the hole1 leaving a stretch of eight and one-quarter inches from end to end of the bow1 and tie the end securely 7,fig4 #daj74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #djg4--,the bow of rattan4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #djh4--;,fastening on the bow-string4 ,make the ,arrows of slender sticks ten inches in length and sharpened to a point at the heavier end 7,fig4 #dji74 ,whittle the arrows as round as possible4 ,if you happen to have old1 slender1 long-handled paint brushes1 they will make fine arrows with the brush taken off and the large end pointed4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #daj4--;,bow strung ready for arrow4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dji4--;,arrow of paint brush handle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #daa4--,paper cover for target4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dab4--;,cowslip for target4 ,the ,target may also be home-made2 for this use a small hoop--a barrel hoop will do--and cover it with paper4 ,take any kind of paper strong enough to hold1 but not too stiff1 and cut it three or four inches larger in circumference than the hoop4 ,lay the hoop down flat on the paper and draw a line around its edge2 then slash the paper around the edge1 cutting deep enough to almost reach the circle marked by the hoop 7,fig4 #daa74 ,cut silhouettes of spring flowers from various bright-colored tissue-paper4 ,lay a piece of tissue-paper over each flower pattern here given1 and trace the outline directly on the tissue-paper4 ,make a cowslip 7,fig4 #dab7 of yellow paper for the centre of the target1 and above it place 7,fig4 #dac7 a violet of violet tissue-paper1 and under the centre fasten a ,jack-in-the-pulpit of green tissue-paper 7,fig4 #dad72 at the right attach a pink azalia 7,fig4 #dae7 and at the left a scarlet tulip 7,fig4 #daf74 ,over the remaining blank portion scatter bright silhouettes of other flowers4 ,each wild blossom has its own value3 the yellow centre cowslip counts #aj2 violet1 #i2 ,jack-in-the-pulpit1 #h2 pink azalia1 #g2 scarlet tulip1 #f1 etc4 ,when the paper flowers are ready1 lay the large target paper on a perfectly flat1 hard surface2 then1 using paste only around the edges of the flowers1 fasten each one in position on the target paper1 beginning with the central cowslip4 ,when finished turn the paper over on the wrong side and lay the hoop on it over the circular line previously drawn4 ,the hoop must first have a strong staple driven in its top 7,fig4 #dag74 ,turn up the slashed edge of the paper and paste it down over the hoop4 ,fig4 #dah shows a portion of the flaps glued over it4 ,be sure when covering the hoop to keep the paper perfectly smooth and free from all wrinkles or fulness1 as shown in the target 7,fig4 #dai74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dac4--,violet for target4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dad4--;,jack-in-the-pulpit for target4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dae4--;,azalia for target4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #daf4--,tulip for target4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dag4--,staple in hoop4 ,illustration3 ,may ,queen and ,king and loyal subjects4 ,select a good position on a tree or fence4 ,drive in a nail at the proper height and hang the target by the staple in its rim2 then with a stick or stone mark a line on the ground about three yards from and directly in front of the target4 ,let each player in turn stand with toes touching the mark and shoot one arrow at the target4 ,someone must keep tally1 and as each arrow strikes or misses make a record of the shot4 ,when all have had one trial the second round may be played2 then the third1 which finishes the game of archery and decides the relative places of all the company4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dah4--,portion of flaps glued over hoop4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dai4--,target with silhouettes of flowers4 ,the girl and boy with highest records are ,queen and ,king1 the next highest maids-of-honor and gentlemen-of-the-,court2 the others fall in line according to their records on the target1 and the entire party strikes out for the nearest stretch of land where wild flowers are to be found4 ,out from the shade they go into the sunshine1 where the new springing grass is tender and green1 and a little beyond under the trees where a mysterious perfume1 the breath of awakening ,nature1 pervades the air1 where grow the modest blue-eyed violets1 the fragrant trailing arbutus1 spicy and sweet1 the funny ,jack-in-the-pulpit1 without which no collection of wild flowers would be complete1 and where also may be found the rare and beautiful bloodroot1 whose stay is so short one can scarce catch a glimpse of its pure1 white blossoms ere they vanish4 ,the ,queen ,rules1 and the ,king shares her honors4 ,all the subjects must yield implicit obedience2 but1 on the other hand1 the ,queen should issue only unselfish and kind commands1 such as are sure to render her people happy1 for the thought of their comfort and pleasure should ever be uppermost4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbj4--,take the flowers up roots and all4 ,the delicate little blossoms of early spring need very careful handling1 and it would be well for the ,king and his gentlemen to be provided with old kitchen knives or trowels1 that they may be able to dig around and under the little plants in order to take the flowers up root and all1 with the earth clinging to them 7,fig4 #dbj72 each one can then be carefully placed upright in a flat-bottomed basket or box and carried home in safety4 ,better still would be a number of tiny water-proof paper flower-pots1 which may be purchased per dozen for a trifling sum4 ,in each pot place one plant with plenty of damp earth surrounding it1 and upon reaching home tie a gay narrow ribbon through holes pierced on each side2 the little receptacle will then make a charming ,may-basket1 and the wild flowers will keep fresh and blooming for a long time 7,fig4 #dba74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dba4--,water-proof paper flower-pot ,may-basket4 ,while the ,king and his men are at work digging up the plants the ,queen and her ladies can gather the buds and blossoms1 picking them with as long stems as possible and remembering to have a few green leaves of each plant with its blossoms4 ,to keep the flowers from wilting1 as they would if held in the hand1 let each girl be provided with a clean1 perfectly dry baking-powder can which has a lid that fits tightly2 the blossoms must be without moisture and very carefully placed within the can as soon as they are plucked4 ,when the tin box is filled the cover can be fitted on securely to exclude all the air4 ,the green leaves may be carried in the hand1 and when they droop they can be revived by being placed in fresh water4 ,the bit of wildwood brought home in the form of dainty cut flowers could be put in water until dark1 when the little ,may-baskets are ready for their reception4 ,these baskets should always be small and must never be crowded with flowers2 it is better to have only one variety of blossom with its foliage for each basket4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbb4--;,beginning wire ,may-basket4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbc4--;,basket ready for handle4 ,manufacture the ,may-baskets of paper boxes1 colored straws1 wire1 and cardboard4 ,those of wire can be made to resemble coral and are pretty when shaped like that shown at ,fig4 #dbe4 ,make a ring of wire about the size of the top of a very large teacup by twisting the two ends of the wire together1 then pull it into an oblong shape curved downward at the two ends4 ,form another smaller ring1 connect the two by a length of wire fastened on one end 7,fig4 #dbb72 twist the wire on the bottom loop and bring it across the bottom and up on the other side end 7,fig4 #dbc74 ,proceed the same way with the broad sides1 extending the wire up and across the top to form the handle 7,fig4 #dbd72 if more braces are needed1 add them1 and tie bits of string in knots of various sizes at intervals all over the basket frame to form projections for the branches of coral4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbd4--,wire basket to be turned into coral4 ,transform the wire into coral by melting some white wax and mixing with it powdered vermilion4 ,while the wax is in a liquid state hang the basket on the end of a poker or stick and1 holding it over the hot wax1 carefully cover the frame with the red mixture by pouring the wax over the basket with a long-handled spoon4 ,the wax cools rapidly and forms a coating closely resembling coral2 the little lumps and projections that form give the basket the appearance of real coral1 which is branching and uneven4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbe4--;,coral ,may-basket4 ,as soon as the wax has hardened 7,fig4 #dbe7 insert in the basket a pasteboard bottom cut to fit2 and when filling this basket with flowers place the foliage around the sides first4 ,the fresh green contrasting with the red coral gives a pretty effect1 and the leaves filling the spaces between the wires prevent the flowers from falling through4 ,the ,old ,oaken1 ,moss-covered ,bucket is very appropriate for woodland blossoms4 ,make the bucket of a strip of cardboard ten by four inches2 sew the two ends together and cut a circular piece for the bottom2 fit it in and fasten with long stitches4 ,cut the handle of cardboard one-quarter of an inch wide and sew it in place4 ,cover the bucket with strips of olive-green tissue-paper an inch and a half wide which have previously been crimped by being folded backward and forward4 ,cut the strips in very fine fringe1 unfold and gum them on the bucket in closely overlapping rows1 as the cardboard must be entirely concealed to have the appearance of being covered with natural moss 7,fig4 #dbf74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbf4--,old oaken bucket ,may-basket4 ,a ,may-basket which can be made in a moment is simply a bright-colored paper six inches long and three inches wide1 with one of its long sides brought together at the two corners from the middle and fastened securely4 ,a narrow ribbon forms the handle 7,fig4 #dbg74 ,just at dusk the flowers may be arranged in the baskets with as little handling as possible4 ,then1 when twilight comes1 the ,may day party can steal cautiously to the door of the house fortunate enough to be favored by a ,may-token1 hang one of the little baskets of flowers on the door-knob1 ring the bell and scamper away before they are seen1 for no one of the party must be present when the door opens4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbg4--;,colored paper ,may-basket4 ,bell and ,ball ,may-pole ,game for ,country or ,city ,if you live in the country erect your ,may pole on the lawn or in an open field2 if in the city put it up in the back-yard1 or if it rains or is cold hold your ,may day games in the house4 ,in any case the pole should be planted in a tub as in ,fig4 #dbh1 and decorated as shown in the illustration4 ,the pole must be round and smooth and stout enough to support the weight of the hoops at the top4 ,for an out-of-doors pole from ten to twelve feet is a good height1 but an indoor pole must be adapted to the height of the ceiling of the room it will occupy4 ,before placing the pole in the tub nail securely to its base a piece of board eighteen inches square1 as shown in ,fig4 #dbh4 ,erect the pole in the middle of the tub1 put in cross-pieces 7,fig4 #dbh71 nailing them at the ends and fill in all around with stones or bricks1 as in ,fig4 #dbi4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbh4--,the pole is planted in a tub4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dbi4--;,fill in with stones4 ,illustration3 ,the first player throws the ball4 ,how to ,dress the ,may-pole ,cover the tub with green crimped tissue-paper and bank up with flowers--paper flowers if no others can be obtained4 ,beginning at the top1 wrap the pole with ribbon or strips of pink and white cambric in alternate stripes4 ,this can best be done before the pole is erected4 ,buy two toy hoops1 the smallest measuring about three feet1 the largest four feet in diameter4 ,wrap these hoops with greens of some kind--evergreens if you can find no others--adding sprays of tree blossoms and all the flowers you can manage to get4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dcj4--,on the end of each ribbon fasten a small bell4 ,besides the two large hoops you will need fourteen small ones about nine inches in diameter4 ,these you can make of wire for yourself4 ,wrap eight of the small hoops with pink1 and six with white cambric1 then decorate with flowers and green leaves4 ,keep the decoration quite narrow1 in order to leave as large an opening as possible in the centre4 ,get two and two-thirds yards of narrow pink ribbon and two yards of narrow white ribbon2 divide the pink into eight and the white into six pieces4 ,on the end of each ribbon fasten a small toy bell2 tie the ribbon on the small hoops1 the white ones on the white hoops1 the pink on the pink hoops1 as shown in ,fig4 #dcj4 ,space the largest hoop off into eight equal parts and tie the small pink hoops to it at these points by their ribbons4 ,divide the other hoops into six equal parts and attach the small white hoops in the same manner4 ,with wire or ribbon suspend the hoops from the top of the pole as in the illustration4 ,decorate the top of the pole with small flags and flowers4 ,the ,balls ,make four paper balls in this way3 ,take a piece of newspaper and1 placing a small weight of some kind in the middle1 crush it and roll it into a ball four inches in diameter2 place the ball in the centre of a square of tissue-paper and bring the four corners of the paper together over the top2 overlap the corners and fold and smooth down the fulness at the sides4 ,wrap the ball with fine cord1 making six melon-like divisions1 as in ,fig4 #dca4 ,make two of the balls of pink tissue-paper and two of white4 ,have ready on a tray a number of small favors consisting of two or three flowers tied together1 some with pink1 some with white ribbon4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dca4--,wrap the ball with fine cord4 ,the decorations of the pole may be added to or curtailed as circumstances permit1 and if flowers are scarce paper flowers may be mingled with the natural ones1 and the difference will hardly be noticed4 ,when ,the ,game is held in the house the room is cleared of as much furniture as possible4 ,the prettily decorated ,may-pole stands in the middle of the floor1 and the children join hands and dance around it to the accompaniment of the piano or an appropriate song sung by all4 ,beginning with slow time1 the music grows faster2 faster and faster the wheel of children spins around the pole until some hand slips from the one clasping it and the wheel parts4 ,when this happens the circle opens at the break and the children1 still keeping their places1 back up against the wall4 ,to the first four children at the right end of the line the four paper balls are given1 one to each4 ,the first child1 or ,number ,one1 takes three steps forward and1 aiming at the bell in one of the hoops1 throws the ball with the purpose of sending it through the hoop and at the same time striking the bell hard enough to make it ring4 ,if successful1 ,number ,one is given a favor1 to be pinned to the front of the coat or dress1 as the case may be1 the color of the ribbon attached to the favor being in accordance with the color of the hoop through which the ball passed4 ,as it is more difficult to send the ball through the hoops in the second row1 the white-ribboned favors confer the most honor4 ,as soon as ,number ,one has played he or she gives the ball to ,number ,five and returns to his or her place2 then ,number ,two takes a turn1 giving his ball afterward to ,number ,six1 and so on down the line1 thus always keeping the children about to play supplied with balls4 ,the game goes on until the players are tired or the favors give out1 and the object of the players is to win as many favors as possible4 ,,chapter ,,xxii ,,hallowe',,en ,,revels ,,on ,hallowe'en you will not be obliged to travel way off to shivery1 cold ,klondike to dig for your fortune1 because the fairies bring the ,gold ,nuggets nearer home2 possibly you may have to work a little for the precious metal1 but the exertion will be only fun4 ,ten little fairies--your ten fingers--will cheerfully supply the gold as well as the mine from which the nuggets must come on the eventful night4 ,the fairies should make a number of small gold parcels which when finished form the nuggets 7,fig4 #dcb74 ,inside of each package is a piece of candy and a strip of paper with a fortune written upon it1 so whatever may be the fate sent by the gnomes in the mine1 it is sure to be sweet4 ,have enough lumps of gold to furnish each player with equal portions of one or more nuggets4 ,let the little fairies secure a tub1 half-fill it with sand or saw-dust and hide the gold nuggets well in this home-made gold mine1 scattering the little parcels through the sand like plums through a pudding4 ,the fairies must stand a small shovel by the side of the mine1 then all will be ready and the miners can dig for their fortunes 7,fig4 #dcc74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dcb4--,the gold nugget4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dcc4--;,hallowe'en miners at work4 ,each player in turn must take the shovel and dig in the mine until one gold nugget is found4 ,he must then open the package carefully and read aloud the fortune ,fate has given him1 while the other players look on and listen4 ,the fairies can readily whittle or saw out a wooden mining shovel from a shingle or thin box-lid4 ,tell them to make it about four inches long and three wide1 with a handle eleven inches in length4 ,try to think of original ideas to write on the slips of fortune paper1 or1 failing these1 look up apt quotations for the prophecies4 ,if you can have the lines bright and witty1 writing something that will cause a laugh when read aloud1 without hurting anyone's feelings1 your ,hallowe'en mining will be a great success4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dcd4--,stick for apple witch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dce4--,tissue-paper for making witch4 ,the ,apple ,witch understands well the art of fortune-telling4 ,she is a funny little creature made of a stick 7,fig4 #dcd71 some yellow tissue-paper and an apple4 ,a strip of the tissue-paper is gathered 7,fig4 #dce71 drawn tight together at the top and placed over the stick with a thread wound around a short distance from the top to form the head 7,fig4 #dcf74 ,the arms are pieces of tissue-paper 7,fig4 #dcg7 folded lengthwise 7,fig4 #dch7 and run through a hole punched in the body 7,fig4 #dci74 ,the face is marked with ink on the head 7,fig4 #dci74 ,small strips of tissue-paper gathered like ,fig4 #ddj are sewed on each arm to form the sleeves4 ,hair of black thread or darning cotton tied in the centre 7,fig4 #dda7 is sewed on the yellow paper head4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dcf4--;,head formed for witch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dcg4--,tissue-paper for witch arms4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dch4--,paper folded for arms4 ,the ,witch's ,hat is a triangular piece of paper 7,fig4 #ddb7 with edges pasted together and a circular piece of paper slightly slashed around the small hole in the centre 7,fig4 #ddc74 ,the circular piece is slid down over the peak to form the brim 7,fig4 #ddd71 glued on1 and the entire hat is inked all over1 dried and fitted on the little woman's head4 ,a broom made of a strip of folded tissue-paper 7,fig4 #dde7 with a fringed piece of the same paper bound on for the broom part 7,fig4 #ddf7 is sewed in the folded-over end of the witch's arm4 ,when finished the point of the stick is pushed into an apple1 and the apple placed upon a piece of paper divided into squares in which different fortunes are written 7,fig4 #ddg74 ,when you want the witch to tell your fortune1 spin the apple on the blank centre of the paper and wait until the witch is again quiet1 and she will point with her broom to some spot where the fortune is written especially for you4 ,each girl and boy must be allowed three trials with this apple witch 7,fig4 #ddh74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dci4--;,arms run through hole in body of witch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddj4--,sleeves for witch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dda4--;,black hair for witch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddb4--;,crown of witch hat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddc4--;,brim of witch hat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddd4--,witch hat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dde4--,witch broom handle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddf4--,witch broom4 ,ghost ,writing is very mysterious and exciting4 ,dip a new clean pen in pure lemon juice and with this queer ink write mottoes or charms on a number of pieces of writing-paper4 ,allow the ink to become perfectly dry1 when it will fade out completely2 then place the charms in a box and let each girl and boy in turn draw what appears to be a blank slip of paper4 ,after examining it1 the paper should be handed to some grown person present who is in the secret and who has provided a lighted candle by means of which he may read the ghost writing4 ,all the young people will cluster around and with bated breath watch the magical developing of the words on the blank paper as the reader moves the message back and forth over the lighted candle4 ,the heat brings out the writing in distinct letters that all may see4 ,a second charm must not be taken from the pile until the first has been read aloud4 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,be ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,always ,,you ,,will ,,pass ,,your ,,be ,a ,,write ,a ,a ,,comfort ,,to ,,learn ,,to ,,be ,,kind ,,and ,,paint ,a ,,examination4 ,,favorite4 ,,book4 ,,your ,,family4 ,,sing ,,well4 ,,considerate4 ,,picture4 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,have ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,go ,,on ,a ,,have ,a ,,compose ,,beautiful ,,have ,a ,,go ,,to ,,earn ,a ,,journey4 ,,horse4 ,,music4 ,,garden4 ,,candy ,,pull4 ,a ,,fair4 ,,fortune4 ------------------------------------ ---------------------------------------- -- ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will _/ ,,you ,,will ,,be ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,always ,,be ,,meet ,,new ,,go ,,to ,a ,a ,,champion ,,go ,,to ,a ,,always ,,be ,,happy4 ,,friends4 ,,dance4 _/ ,,golf ,,player4 ,,circus4 ,,bright ,,sunny4 ------------------------------------ ----- ---------------------------------------- -- ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,live ,,in ,a ,,be ,,wise ,,be ,,an ,,have ,,lots ,,help ,,write ,,paddle ,,castle4 ,,when ,,grown4 ,,inventor4 ,,of ,,pets4 ,,others4 ,,poetry4 ,a ,,canoe4 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,be ,,the ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,you ,,will ,,be ,,live ,,in ,a ,,visit ,,the ,,best ,,scholar ,,walk ,,on ,,sail ,a ,,run ,a ,,famous4 ,,foreign ,,land4,,whitehouse4 ,,in ,,the ,,class4 ,,stilts4 ,,boat4 ,,race4 ---------------------------------------- ---------------------------------------- ------------- ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddg4--;,fortune chart4 ,if you have ,a ,four-leaved ,clover1 even though it be a pressed one1 you can put it in your shoe on the morning of ,october #ca and wear it until you retire at night4 ,the clover is a charm which will bring good luck and will insure at least one hearty laugh before the next day4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddh4--;,apple witch4 ,a glimpse into the future showing the disposition of your sweetheart may be had by ,tasting ,apple-seeds which have previously been dampened and each dipped into a separate flavoring4 ,the moisture will cause the spices1 etc41 to cling to the seed1 giving various flavors4 ,those dipped in liquids must1 of course1 be afterward dried4 ,if to your lot falls a seed which has been powdered with pulverized cloves1 your life companion will never be dull and uninteresting2 pepper denotes quick temper2 sugar1 affection and kindness2 cinnamon is lively1 buoyant and bright2 vinegar1 sour and cross2 gall1 bitter and morose2 molasses1 loving but stupid2 lemon1 refreshing and interesting4 ,add as many more flavors as you wish4 ,when the seeds have been prepared and dried wrap each one in a small piece of white tissue-paper and pass them around to the young people1 allowing each girl and boy to take two of the prophecies2 then all the children must be quiet while each in turn tastes first one1 then the other seed1 telling aloud as he does so the particular flavor he has received4 ,should a player find the first seed sweet and the other sour1 it would mean that the disposition of the future wife or husband will vary1 partaking more of the stronger flavoring4 ,if the taste of the first apple seed is pleasant1 the married life of the player will be reasonably happy4 ,if the flavor is very agreeable1 the married life will be very happy2 if the flavor proves unpleasant1 it is best to remain single4 ,a very jolly time may be had with ,fortune ,bags4 ,purchase or make a number of brown paper bags of medium size4 ,in each place a simple little gift such as a tiny home-made doll1 a paper toy you have manufactured or a picture of a young woman or man cut from a newspaper and pasted neatly on a half sheet of fresh writing-paper1 drop a nut in the fifth bag and add other home-made gifts for other bags1 and label each appropriately4 ,pin a piece of paper on the doll with these words written on it1 ,dorothy's new doll 7if none of the girls happens to have that name use another in its place74 ,under the young woman's picture write1 ,marie when she is grown1 and under the young man's write1 ,this is ,malcolm when he is a man4 ,change the names if they do not represent any of the party4 ,after a gift has been dropped in1 take the bags one at a time and blow them full of air1 do not allow the air to escape while you wind a string around the openings and tie them securely4 ,the bags1 being puffed out with air1 will appear much the same1 rendering it impossible to tell1 by merely looking at them1 which contain the largest gifts4 ,all the bags should be tied on a strong string1 forming a fringe of bags stretched across the room4 ,the young people should draw lots for first choice of the fortune bags1 then each player in turn must point to the bag selected1 no one being allowed to touch a bag until the leader has clipped it from the string4 ,only one bag can be given out and opened at a time1 in order that all may see and enjoy the contents of each separate fortune4 ,all young people enjoy the fun of trying their fortunes4 ,even when convalescent and not yet quite strong enough to join in the general frolic1 they may1 in a quiet way test many old-time and some new prophecies4 ,the three saucers is one as in the illustration4 ,the apple seeds charm commencing with ,one ,i love is another and for new ideas there is ,the ,feather test1 ,witch ,writing1 etc4 ,illustration3 ,a ,convalescent ,witch4 ,,chapter ,,xxiii ,,the ,,magic ,,cloth ,,and ,,what ,,it ,,will ,,do ,,in ,india there live wonderful men who can perform the most startling feats1 such as making small plants grow up tall and large in a few moments1 and who1 by repeating certain magic words1 cause water to mysteriously spring from the dry earth and fill a hollow1 producing a tiny lake on which little boats can sail4 ,of course1 we do not understand how such things can be done1 never having seen them2 but there are certain amazing and astonishing feats that we do comprehend and which we can perform4 ,our jumping frog is so lively and funny that even the most grave and serious person would smile to see the little animal actually move and suddenly leap up in the air4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ddi4--,one for the money1 two for the show1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dej4--,three to make ready ,make the ,frog ,jump ,with a soft lead-pencil trace the frog 7,fig4 #ddi7 on tracing-paper2 then transfer it to a very soft1 pliable piece of white cotton mull or any white cloth that will stretch readily when pulled1 for stretch it must1 or the frog will not jump4 ,turn the square of cloth so that it will resemble the ace of diamonds in a pack of playing-cards1 having one point up1 one down1 one at the right and one at the left hand4 ,fasten the cloth over a piece of white paper on a smooth board or table with thumb-tacks or strong pins4 ,very carefully place the tracing-paper1 on which you have drawn the frog 7,fig4 #ddi71 over the cloth1 allowing the head to come under the top point of the square and the feet to extend toward the lower point4 ,mr4 ,frog may then be drawn exactly on the bias weave of the cloth4 ,when you have finished the tracing1 go over the lines again with a soft lead-pencil to make the markings clear and distinct4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dea4--;,and four to go4 ,look at the frog to be sure he is correctly drawn2 then remove the pins and1 allowing the cloth to remain on the table over the piece of smooth white paper1 spread both of your hands out on the cloth1 one at each side of the frog1 and1 keeping your eyes on the drawing1 move your hands gradually outward1 at the same time moving the mull with them4 ,the stretching of the bias material will cause the frog to flatten out until he crouches for a spring 7,fig4 #dej74 ,cautiously raise your hands up and off the cloth and place them down again in a different way2 put one above and the other below his ,frogship1 and1 still keeping your eyes on the figure1 suddenly move your hands1 stretching the square up and down1 when the frog will give a quick leap and spring straight upward in the most unexpected manner 7,fig4 #dea74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #deb4--,we are hungry4 ,cut the squares of material large enough to be easily handled2 if made too small your hands will slip off the edges4 ,feed the ,birds ,have you ever seen little young birds in their nest8 ,how they huddle together with their large yellow mouths open wide watching for their mother to return with their dinner6 ,trace the drawing 7,fig4 #deb7 on bias cloth and you can make these little birds move and really stretch up their heads for their dinner as you slowly pull the cloth upward and downward 7,fig4 #dec74 ,watch them4 ,then stretch the cloth out sidewise and see the birdlings quietly settle down in their nests with a ,thank you and ,good-by4 7,fig4 #ded74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dec--;,here comes our dinner4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ded4--,thank you and ,good-by4 ,see the ,children ,talk ,trace the girl and boy 7,fig4 #dee7 on bias cloth as you did the frog4 ,fig4 #dee shows how the children appear when they meet4 ,pull the cloth sidewise and their faces change expression 7,fig4 #def72 they do not seem to enjoy their chat4 ,now pull the cloth in the opposite direction1 and in an instant their faces show surprise and dismay 7,fig4 #deg74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dee4--;,i can beat you spelling4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #def4--,you can't1 either4 ,i can1 too4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #deg4--,oh6 ,oh6 ,we are both at the foot of the class4 ,make the ,tenor ,sing ,illustration3 ,fig4 #deh4--;,d ,o4 ,i wonder if you ever attended a concert where the tenor had difficulty in reaching his high notes1 where he fairly seemed to rise up on his toes in his efforts to attain the notes as his voice ran up the scale1 and everyone in the audience sympathized to such an extent that they1 too1 felt like rising and stretching up their heads in search of the difficult note4 ,such a tenor is shown at ,fig4 #dei4 ,trace him on bias cloth and pull the cloth out sidewise 7,fig4 #deh72 then1 beginning with the lower note1 do1 slowly sing the scale as you leisurely pull the cloth upward and downward at the same time4 ,when you come to sol the face should be like ,fig4 #dei1 and as you continue singing and stretching the cloth1 the tenor should resemble ,fig4 #dfj when you reach your highest do4 ,though not a very high note it is the best he can do1 and he looks very comical while his face is changing1 his eyes and mouth opening wider and wider and his hair rising up straight on the top of his head4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dei4--,s ,o ,l4 ,the objects which are here illustrated may be replaced by others with equally amusing results2 any animals1 such as goats1 rabbits1 camels1 hounds1 may be drawn on the cloth and then manipulated so as to afford the greatest amusement4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfj4--;,d ,o4 ,you can have any amount of fun with the moving figures on your magic cloth if you will remember the important points1 which we will repeat to be sure you understand4 ,have the squares of cloth for all the drawings sufficiently large to be easily manipulated4 ,draw the design clearly and distinctly4 ,draw it on the exact bias of the cloth2 move the two sides of the cloth at precisely the same time4 ,move the cloth always with both hands spread out flat on top of the cloth4 ,place the cloth over a large piece of white paper that the picture may be plainly seen4 ,care should be taken to obtain soft cloth that will stretch readily4 ,these diversions will afford fine sport for a quiet evening and will be enjoyed by the entire family4 ,if painted the designs will be still more comical4 ,,chapter ,,xxiv ,,finger-,,plays ,,for ,,little ,,folks ,,now we must play in-doors1 and if you will spread out your little hands and slide them together1 back to back1 with the palms outward1 so that the longest finger of the left hand rests on the back of the right hand and the longest finger of the right hand lies on the back of the left hand1 you will have a ,queer ,little ,teeter-tarter which will move when and how you wish4 ,the two longest fingers form the teeter-tarter2 half of the teeter is on one side and half on the opposite side of the fence4 ,the fence is made by the other parts of the hands1 which1 crossing each other1 fit snugly and tightly1 leaving the teeter free to swing back and forth at will4 ,fig4 #dfa shows how your hands should be placed together3 the long finger marked ,a is half of the teeter2 the other half is on the opposite side4 ,move the long fingers and watch the teeter go up and down1 first one end then the other1 just like a real teeter made of a board across a fence4 ,if you bend back both of your wrists1 the right wrist will drop while the left wrist will be raised above it4 ,this will bring one edge of the fence or hands toward you1 and looking down1 you can see both ends of the little teeter4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfa4--,the queer little teeter4 ,you might cut out of writing-paper two small dolls and bend them so that they will sit on the teeter4 ,the least bit of paste on the ball of the teeter finger of your left hand and some more on the nail of the teeter finger of your right hand will fix the paper children securely on the teeter1 and you can make it go as fast as you please without danger of the dolls' falling off4 ,fig4 #dfb gives the pattern for the dolls2 ,fig4 #dfc shows how to bend them1 and ,fig4 #dfd gives a little paper girl seated on one end of the teeter4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfb4--,pattern of doll4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfc4--;,doll ready for teeter4 ,take the dollies off the teeter and let them rest for a while and watch you build a church4 ,place your two hands back to back1 with the ends of the fingers of the right loosely crossing those of the left hand2 then1 bring the palms of the hands together1 fingers inside and thumbs outside and lo6 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfd4--;,doll on teeter4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfe4--;,here is the church1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dff4--;,and here is the steeple1 ,here is the ,church 7,fig4 #dfe74 ,but it is without a steeple4 ,build one by raising the two first fingers1 without disturbing the remainder of the hands2 bring the raised finger-tips together and1 ,here is the steeple 7,fig4 #dff74 ,a church1 like any other building1 to be of use1 must have people in it1 and if we could only look inside this building we might find them2 move your thumbs apart1 or ,open the doors and see all the people 7,fig4 #dfg74 ,there they are sitting in rows2 don't you see them8 ,now let the people go up-stairs4 ,cross your two smallest fingers on the inside1 which will bring the backs of the hands toward each other2 keeping the little fingers together1 cross the third fingers1 next the second1 then the first fingers4 ,the fingers on the left hand form the stairs for the people or fingers of the right hand to climb4 ,try it again1 allowing the people to ascend slowly one by one3 ,here are the people climbing up-stairs 7,fig4 #dfh74 ,keep your hands loosely in the last position and raise your right elbow2 while holding that up1 twist your left hand around forward until the left thumb rests on the inside of the right hand4 ,both hands will now be turned downward with the wrists uppermost4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfg4--,open the door and see all the people4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfh4--;,here are the people climbing up-stairs1 ,leaving the hands in this position1 turn your two elbows outward and down1 which will bring your hands up2 slide your right thumb outside and around your left thumb1 the left thumb will then be the minister and1 though you cannot see them1 the fingers clasped inside the hands are the people1 but you can see the thumb1 preacher1 standing up ready to talk to the people1 and you may say1 ,here is the preacher who for them cares 7,fig4 #dfi74 ,if you want to form ,a ,bird's ,head of your hand1 lift up the second finger of the left hand with your right hand1 and cross the lifted finger well over the back of the first finger of the left hand4 ,again1 use your right hand to lift the third finger of the left hand and twist it over the second left-hand finger4 ,the last finger is the little one of the left hand2 lap this over the left third finger and you will have all the left-hand fingers crossed1 one on top of the other4 ,bring the top of the left thumb up to meet the tip of the second left-hand finger1 which will finish the bird's head4 ,the head does not greatly resemble that of a real bird1 but we will pretend it does1 for the fun of seeing who can build the head first4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dfi4--;,here is the preacher who for them cares4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgj4--,preparing for man chopping wood4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dga4--,man chopping wood4 ,to make a ,man ,chopping ,wood1 place the inside of the little finger of the right hand on the inside of the little finger of the left hand1 and the inside of the third finger of the right hand over the inside of the third finger of the left hand2 then bring the second and third fingers of the right hand up and over the inside of the palm of the left hand1 as in ,fig4 #dgj4 ,rest the tip of the second finger of the right hand on the tip of the thumb of the left hand4 ,the second finger is the stick of wood4 ,strike the wood with the first finger of the left hand 7,c1 ,fig4 #dga72 raising that1 bring down the second finger of the left hand 7,b1 ,fig4 #dga74 ,keep them moving1 first one1 then the other1 and you will have the man chopping wood 7,fig4 #dga74 ,it is a pity to waste the chips which always fall when wood is being cut1 so let two children1 the thumb and first finger of the right hand1 pick them up4 ,do this by tapping the palm of the left hand with the thumb and first finger of the right hand1 while the man cuts the wood4 ,the four fingers working at the same time make it quite lively1 but you will find that if the man chops fast1 the children will pick the chips very quickly1 and if the man works slowly the children will not hurry about gathering the chips4 ,it will be very difficult for you to have the man chop slowly when the children are eager and quick at their task4 ,the feat will be almost as hard as patting your chest with the left hand while you rub the right hand back and forth over the top of your little head4 ,you will laugh to see the left hand rub1 when you told it to pat2 the poor little left hand tries to mind1 but just as soon as its twin brother1 the right hand1 begins rubbing1 the left hand has to stop patting and rub too4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgb4--;,here are my mother's knives and forks1 ,lay your two hands down showing the palms2 lace the fingers together and say1 ,here ,are ,my ,mother's ,knives and ,forks 7,fig4 #dgb74 ,of course1 the fingers are the knives and forks4 ,turn your hands over while the fingers remain in place1 bring the wrists down and say1 ,here is my father's table 7,fig4 #dgc74 ,raise the two first fingers1 bringing their tips together1 and say1 ,here is my sister's looking-glass 7,fig4 #dgd74 ,then raise your two little fingers and1 rocking the hands from side to side1 say1 ,and here is the baby's cradle 7,fig4 #dge74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgc4--;,here is my father's table1 ,there is another little finger game1 which we will call ,the ,blackbirds4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgd4--;,here is my sister's looking-glass1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dge4--;,and here is the baby's cradle4 ,dampen two bits of paper and press one down tight on the nail of the first finger of your right hand and the other on the nail of the first finger of your left hand4 ,the two pieces of paper are the two blackbirds4 ,now hold your first fingers1 on which the birds are resting1 out stiff and double up the remaining fingers2 then let your father see how well you have taught these little pet birds to mind1 for they will do exactly as you say1 going and coming at your command4 ,place the tips of your two first fingers on a chair1 which you must pretend is a hill1 and raising first one finger to make the bird fly1 then the other1 keep the pets flying up and down while you repeat these lines3 ,two little blackbirds sitting on a hill2 ,one named ,jack and the other named ,jill4 ,fly away1 ,jack6-- ,as you say the last line raise the right finger up and back over your right shoulder2 while there1 quickly bend down the right finger with ,jack on it and stiffen out the second finger in its place4 ,bring your right hand down with ,jack hidden and put the empty second finger on the chair instead of the first4 ,the bird will be gone and lonesome little ,jill will perch on the hill with no playmate1 so you must let her go too4 ,repeat these words1 ,fly away1 ,jill1 and make her disappear as you did ,jack1 bringing down the empty second finger of your left hand and your father will find that both birds have gone2 but you may make them return by saying1 ,come back1 ,jack1 as you raise your right hand and close down the second finger while you straighten out the first and bring it again to the chair with ,jack upon it4 ,call ,jill also that ,jack may have some one to sing to1 and as you say1 ,come back1 ,jill1 bend down the second finger and straighten out the first one with ,jill on it1 and let her fly down to ,jack4 ,you may repeat the lines again and again1 making the pets come and go4 ,you can play ,chin ,chopper ,chin with your sister1 but you must be careful and touch her face very lightly4 ,as you say ,knock at the door1 softly tap her forehead1 and at ,peep in1 gently raise the outside of her eyelid by pushing the top of your finger upward on her temple near the eye1 but not too near1 as you might accidentally strike the eye4 ,lift up the latch by slightly raising the tip of her nose with the end of your finger4 ,at ,walk in gently place your finger between her lips2 end the play by saying ,chin ,chopper ,chin as you lightly tap several times under her chin4 ,were ,i with you now we would play ,build the ,tower4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgf4--,the famous five little pigs4 ,i would place my right hand down flat on my lap with the back of the hand uppermost1 and say to you1 ,lay your right hand out flat on top of mine2 then ,i would place my left hand over yours1 and you would cover mine with your left hand4 ,that would make four hands all piled up in a tower2 but the moment your left hand came down on top of mine ,i would pull my right hand out from under the tower and lay it on top1 covering your left hand2 then you would hurry to take your right hand from under the pile and place it on top4 ,so we would continue to play1 always drawing the hand out from the bottom of the pile and placing it on top until we were able to build the tower very rapidly1 and1 when either of us took too long a time to draw her hand out from under the pile1 a forfeit would have to be given to the other4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgg4--,this little pig went to market1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgi4--,this little pig had roast beef1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dgh4--,this little pig stayed at home1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhj4--,this little pig had none1 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dha4--,this little pig said wee1 wee1 all the way home4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhb4--,ring of paper on pig4 ,ask your older sister or brother to trace the ,famous ,five ,little ,pigs 7,figs4 #dgg1 #dgh1 #dgi1 #dhj1 #dha7 on unruled white writing-paper and cut them out4 ,the strip of paper extending from one side of each little pig must be made into a ring 7,fig4 #dhb7 to fit the end of one of the five fingers on your right hand 7,fig4 #dgf74 ,begin with ,this little pig went to market 7,fig4 #dgg7 for the thumb1 next1 ,this little pig stayed at home 7,fig4 #dgh7 for the first finger1 then ,this little pig had roast beef 7,fig4 #dgi7 for the second finger1 and ,this little pig had none 7,fig4 #dhj7 for the third finger2 to the little finger belongs 7,fig4 #dha7 ,this little pig said wee1 wee1 all the way home4 ,adjust the bands until they fit perfectly1 then paste the end of each band under the free side of the attached pig4 ,if the bands are too long they can be cut to proper length4 ,fig4 #dhb gives the wrong side of a pig with band curled around and pasted on back of pig1 and ,fig4 #dgf shows how the ,five ,little ,pigs will look when on your fingers4 ,if you can give each little pig a flat wash of pink water-color paint1 and when dry ink the outlines1 they will appear more real4 ,after you have played with the wee pigs1 try ,the ,children's ,heads 7,figs4 #dhc1 #dhd1 #dhe1 #dhf1 #dhg71 and ask some one to fold paper into hats for your finger-heads1 as shown in ,figs4 #dhh1 #dhi1 #dij1 #dia1 #dib4 ,you might ask to have the various children's heads painted1 giving each girl and boy different colored hair--black1 brown1 red1 deep yellow1 and pale yellow4 ,if the hats are of colored tissue-paper the effect will be fine1 especially if a bit of gay cloth be wound around each finger for clothing4 ,then the five alive little dolls can bow to each other and dance4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhc4--;,i am sleepy4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhh4--,sleepy boy's hat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhd4--,where is my hat8 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhi4--;,crying boy's hat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhe4--;,i think you are funny4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dij4--;,hat for little girl who wants to play4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhf4--,will you play with me8 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dia4--,laughing boy's hat4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dhg4--;,i'll give you a good time4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dib4--,little girl's hat4 ,illustration3 ,arranging the flowers4 ,,chapter ,,xxv ,,how ,,to ,,arrange ,,fresh ,,flowers ,i ,,think one must really love the flowers in order to arrange them perfectly4 ,if you love them you will feel in sympathy with them1 and that alone will help you to understand what is needed to bring out and emphasize their exquisite beauty4 ,yet some knowledge of the rules that govern the best arrangement of flowers is necessary also1 for it saves many experiments and makes the pretty task much more enjoyable and satisfactory4 ,you may crowd a room with the rarest and most expensive flowers1 but so arrange them that more than half of the effect of their beauty is lost2 and you may have only one flower1 but if it be the right kind of flower in the right kind of vase1 and placed in just the right spot1 your room will appear abundantly decorated and be filled with the beauty and sweetness of the one blossom4 ,in a house where good taste always prevailed there stood1 one day1 on the uncovered top of a grand piano a tall1 colorless1 transparent vase which held just one long-stemmed ,american ,beauty rose4 ,the queenly flower with its stem showing through the glass and the few green leaves attached were all reflected in the highly polished piano1 and the effect of the colors reproduced in deepened1 darkened tones by the rich rosewood was indescribably lovely4 ,there were no other flowers and1 though the room was a large one1 none were needed4 ,one's eyes fell immediately upon the rose when entering1 and lingered there with no wish to be drawn away by lesser attractions4 ,it was not merely a happy accident that placed the one flower in its prominent and effective position1 but the experience and unerring taste of the daughter of the house4 ,imagine a ,number of ,nasturtiums1 with no green leaves to relieve them1 packed tightly into the neck of a brightly colored porcelain vase1 and set primly on a stiff mantel-piece amid other prim ornaments4 ,then think of a clear glass rose-bowl standing on a table1 where lie the newest magazines or books1 filled and running over in riotous beauty with the same nasturtiums in their free1 untrammelled state4 ,the viney stems with leaf1 bud1 and blossom drooping to the table or hanging over its edge1 and the other blossoms standing up in sweet liberty with room to move about if they will4 ,can you hesitate between the two arrangements8 ,yet ,i found the first in a flower-lover's home4 ,do ,not ,crowd the ,flowers ,few flowers look well packed tightly together and all are better for loosening up a trifle4 ,purple violets are almost the only flowers that will bear crowding1 though many think wild daisies adapted to this arrangement1 and spoil their beauty by making them into hard1 tight bunches4 ,a good rule is to follow ,nature as far as possible in this direction4 ,flowers that grow singly and far apart1 should not be crowded1 but those which grow thickly clustered may be more closely massed4 ,it is almost always well to ,combine ,green ,leaves with the ,flowers although there are some that do not need this relief4 ,closely packed flowers should have no foliage2 chrysanthemums1 one species of the brilliant poppy and the sweet-pea need none1 but there are few others that do not show better amid green leaves4 ,while flowers of different varieties seldom look well together1 you may sometimes add much to its beauty by giving a flower the foliage of another plant1 and a trailing green vine will often be just the touch needed to soften a stiff arrangement4 ,asparagus fern is an airy and feathery green1 but you must use it with discretion1 as it is suitable only for fragile1 delicate flowers in very loose arrangements4 ,other ferns1 though often used1 do not really combine well with any flowers1 they are too distinctly another species of plant and hold themselves aloof in their separateness4 ,the wild oxalis1 wood-sorrel1 or1 as the children call it1 sour grass1 has pretty delicate leaves that look well with sweet-peas and other small flowers4 ,as a rule1 a flower's own foliage suits it best1 however1 and you may be certain not to offend good taste by keeping to it4 ,do ,not ,combine ,flowers that are different in kind or color1 it can seldom be done successfully4 ,to be sure1 a mass of sweet-peas in all their variety of color is very lovely1 but even they are more effective when separated into bunches each of one color4 ,white flowers sometimes are the better for a touch of color1 and white and yellow roses make a pretty combination1 or white and delicate pink1 but the strong contrast of white and dark red is not pleasing4 ,lilies should always have a vase to themselves1 and the ,ascension lily must under all circumstances stand alone4 ,neither the quality of the flower nor the associations connected with it permit of its being grouped with any other4 ,vases ,in the careful arrangement of flowers your object should always be to bring out their whole beauty1 and let all else be secondary to that4 ,one vase1 though beautiful in itself1 may not be at all suitable for holding flowers1 while another1 of no value as an ornament1 will display them to their best advantage4 ,colorless ,transparent ,vases are always safe and in many cases absolutely necessary4 ,give your roses transparent vases or bowls whenever possible4 ,if they have long stems1 tall1 slender vases1 if their stems are short the clear glass rose-bowls are more suitable4 ,short-stemmed flowers do not look well in tall vases1 and a flower should always stand some distance above the top of the vase4 ,someone gives as a rule that the height of long-stemmed flowers should be one and one-half times the height of the vase1 but when the vase contains several1 of course the height must vary4 ,the ,vases and ,bowls need not be expensive1 for they are now in the market at extremely low prices4 ,knowing what to choose you can find for a very moderate sum tall1 slender vases with almost no markings1 that will show the long stem and so display the entire loveliness of the rose4 ,fig4 #dic is one of the least expensive of these vases4 ,even the colorless glass olive-bottle1 shaped like ,fig4 #did1 makes a pretty and suitable vase1 and an ordinary fish-globe displays the rose-stems to far greater advantage than a cut-glass rose-bowl4 ,a clear glass water-pitcher without tracing of any kind is another appropriate receptacle for these lovely blossoms4 ,when the stems of any flowers have beauty of their own1 they should never be hidden in opaque vases4 ,so it is not for roses alone these transparent vases are suitable4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dic4--;,an inexpensive clear glass vase4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #did4--,the olive bottle4 ,colored ,vases and ,jars will sometimes enhance the brilliancy of flowers of contrasting or complementary colors4 ,a pale-yellow jar will intensify the richness of the purple of the violet1 and a soft green will harmonize with it most delightfully4 ,the neutral gray often found in ,japanese ware will not clash with any color1 and is especially suited to brilliant red flowers2 yellow flowers in a dark-blue jar are quite effective4 ,do not use ornate or highly decorated vases4 ,no design should conflict with the natural flowers1 and the shape of the vase should also be simple4 ,cylindrical jars1 like ,fig4 #die1 are suited to heavy clustering flowers like the lilac and also to the large chrysanthemums4 ,fig4 #dif is another good shape2 but avoid vases like ,fig4 #dig with a neck so small it will admit only one or two stems1 while the bowl is much too large for the few flowers standing stiffly erect4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #die4--;,a cylindrical jar4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dif4--;,another good shape4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dig4--;,avoid vases like this4 ,place short-stemmed flowers1 like the pansy and violet1 in low jars or bowls1 and it is not necessary to have them lie flat on the water4 ,a friend of mine has invented for her own use this little ,flower ,lifter which holds the flowers above the water while allowing nearly the whole of their short stems to be immersed4 ,with an old pair of shears1 or a wire-cutter1 snip off a dozen or more pieces of copper wire of varying lengths between ten inches for the longest and five for the shortest piece4 ,at each end of every wire make a loop like ,fig4 #dih2 bend the loops over 7,fig4 #dii71 then fasten all the pieces to a brass curtain-ring by twisting each piece once around the ring at the centre of the wire 7,fig4 #ejj74 ,bunch the wires together and stand the lifter in a bowl of water2 put your flower-stems through the wire loops1 as in ,fig4 #eja1 and the wires under water will look like the flower-stems1 the loops being hidden by the blossoms4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dih4--;,at each end of the wire make a loop4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #dii4--;,bend the loops over4 ,symmetry is pleasing and necessary in many things1 but not in the grouping of flowers4 ,you must strive for apparent carelessness in effect while taking the utmost care1 and for irregularity and naturalness rather than stiff1 formal arrangement4 ,a bowl of flowers need not look1 as it sometimes does1 like a dish for the table1 served with the confectioner's symmetrical decorations2 it should rather seem as if the sweet blossoms were growing in a bed of their own4 ,if you can take ,wild ,flowers up in a clump1 roots and all2 they will look far better than the cut flowers arranged in vases1 and the roots may afterward be planted in your wild-flower garden4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ejj4--;,fasten the pieces to a brass curtain-ring4 ,bloodroot will keep a long while if the roots are not disturbed1 and one of the loveliest flower-pieces we ever had in the house was a gray-green ,japanese bowl filled with the growing bloodroot4 ,the blossoms stand closely together and a small bowl will hold quite a number4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eja4--,put the flower stems through the wire loops4 ,wood anemones1 hepaticas1 and wild violets are all adapted to this temporary transplanting4 ,i have kept ferns in this way for several weeks and the centre-piece for the table in our mountain camp was at one time a clump of maiden-hair fern in a small china bowl1 which lasted fresh and perfect many days4 ,as there can be comparatively little soil with the roots of these wild flowers1 they must be kept very damp all the while1 and ferns1 especially1 will do best when set in a pan or bowl of water4 ,,chapter ,,xxvi ,,open-,,air ,,playhouses ,,in many places in the ,south the children have most beautiful material with which to build out-of-door playhouses4 ,large green palm-leaves grow close to the ground and point their slender fingers out in many directions as though holding up their outstretched hands1 asking the girls and boys to come and take them4 ,these palms1 together with small1 full-leaved live-oak twigs1 ,cherokee roses1 trailing vines1 and long gray moss1 are fashioned into bouquets and tied in great bunches to the trees with strings made of strips of palms4 ,four trees growing near together are usually selected as the boundary lines of the ,florida ,playhouse1 their branches overhead serving as a roof4 ,the walls are open1 allowing a free passage of air and plenty of light 7,fig4 #ejb74 ,similar playhouses may be built by children in any spot where trees grow within a short distance of each other4 ,in place of tropical decorations the young builders can use the most ornamental bouquets within reach1 selecting foliage and flowers which will keep fresh at least for a few hours4 ,if trees are not available1 make the open-air ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ejb4--;,florida playhouse4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ejc4--;,framework for umbrella playhouse4 ,playhouse of a ,large ,umbrella4 ,tie a strong piece of twine securely to the end of each of the ribs and tie the loose end of each piece of twine around the notch cut in a pointed wooden peg a short distance from its top4 ,this will give an umbrella with a fringe of dangling pegs4 ,open the umbrella and fasten the handle securely to a long1 sharp-pointed stick1 binding the two together with strong twine4 ,first run one end of the twine down the length you intend binding1 allowing enough to tie at the bottom2 then commence binding at the top over all three--the umbrella handle1 the twine1 and the stick4 ,wind the string around very tight1 and when you reach the bottom1 tie the twine you hold to the loose end of the length under the wrappings4 ,examine carefully and be sure the handle does not slide or twist on the stick2 then push the point of the stick down into the ground at the place decided upon for the playhouse4 ,if you are not strong enough to erect the house by yourself1 ask some companions to lend a hand and help sink the stick firmly in the earth4 ,when this is accomplished stretch out each length of twine in turn and drive the peg in the ground 7,fig4 #ejc74 ,you will need a wide ruffle on the edge of the umbrella of some kind of material full enough to reach around the outer circle of pegs on the ground beneath its lower edge4 ,the stretched twine will hold the ruffle out1 forming an odd little playhouse with a smooth1 round roof and drapery walls4 ,plait the ruffle and pin it on the umbrella with safety-pins2 also fasten it at the bottom to each peg 7,fig4 #ejd74 ,newspapers pasted together and made of double thickness may be used for the ruffle1 if more convenient1 but be careful in handling the paper1 as it tears readily4 ,the longer the pole the higher and larger will be your house1 for the strings also must be longer4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ejd4--,umbrella playhouse4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eje4--;,frame for wigwam4 ,when you want to play ,indian and pretend you live in the ,wild ,west1 your home must be ,a ,wigwam ,get a dozen slender poles about as large around as a broom-stick1 and twice and one-half as tall as yourself4 ,tie three poles securely together near the tops and stack the others around the first three as a foundation or framework for the house4 ,settle each pole firmly in the ground1 forming a circle1 and bring the tops together at the centre1 where each pole should form a support for the others1 and all should lean against and across each other2 then bind all the poles together at the top of the framework 7,fig4 #eje74 ,covers of real wigwams are usually cut to fit the framework and often decorated in savage fashion4 ,sometimes they are composed of skins of wild beasts4 ,if you can make yours in ,indian style1 it will be very realistic and lots of fun4 ,find some inexpensive dull-brown or gray outing cloth or ,canton flannel and sew several lengths together4 ,fig4 #ejf gives the pattern of a wigwam covering1 and the dotted lines enclosing ,b-,b-,b-,b show how the breadths are sewed together4 ,c is the chimney-opening where the poles come through at the top4 ,o is one of the flaps held back with an extra pole2 ,d1 one of the lower front sides folded over for the door-way4 ,the dotted line ,a indicates the slit to be cut for the chimney-flap4 ,the two chimney-flaps can be brought together for protection when necessary4 ,along the curved edge of the blank side of the diagram 7,fig4 #ejf7 holes are shown for the wooden stakes to be used in pinning the wigwam to the ground4 ,the holes must be continued along the entire edge of the covering4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ejf4--;,cover for playhouse wigwam4 ,cut ,your ,wigwam similar to diagram 7,fig4 #ejf71 making an immense cape-like affair4 ,try the covering over the framework of poles2 if it fits fairly well1 hem the raw edges and bind the small1 round holes cut at intervals in the lower edge1 to prevent them from tearing4 ,when finished tie each of the two top points to a separate pole4 ,ask someone to assist you and let the two poles be raised at the same time to the top of the ,wigwam framework2 in this way the entire upper part of the covering may be hoisted in place2 then the sides can be spread out and adjusted4 ,indians1 having no chimneys1 always leave quite a large opening at the top of their wigwams to serve this purpose2 the space also admits light into their houses4 ,commence near the top at the place where the flaps are cut1 and pin the fronts together with large thorns or sharp-pointed slender sticks4 ,fasten the fronts to within a few feet of the ground4 ,the opening left at the bottom takes the place of a door4 ,sharpen as many wooden pegs as there are holes in the bottom of the covering and push a peg through each hole into the ground1 bending the pegs outward a little in order to keep the tent-like covering from slipping off the tops of the pegs4 ,the two poles attached to the chimney points must now be carried backward on each side of the wigwam1 to be brought forward again when desired 7,fig4 #ejg74 ,when other material is lacking1 shawls1 bedspreads1 or sheets pinned together may be used for your wigwam-cover4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ejg4--,your wigwam playhouse4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ejh4--;,african hut playhouse4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eaj4--;,framework ready for floral tent4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eji4--;,binding branch on forked stick4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eaa4--;,building the floral tent playhouse4 ,with a large-sized ,japanese umbrella1 a breadth of cloth1 a stick1 and some straw you can make an ,african ,hut ,take the straw or hay and divide some of it into bunches twelve inches in length4 ,tie these all together in a long row1 forming a straw fringe4 ,sew the fringe around the edge of the umbrella with a coarse needle and thread1 allowing it to hang over and down4 ,overlap the first row with another straw fringe and continue to sew on row after row until the top is reached and the umbrella entirely covered2 then fasten the handle securely to a sharp-pointed stick and plant it firmly in the ground4 ,measure the distance around the outer edge of the umbrella1 not including the straw thatch1 and cut the cloth long enough to reach around1 leaving an open space for the door-way4 ,use more straw to cover the cloth completely and sew the straw on in overlapping layers lengthwise of the material4 ,with safety-pins fasten the wall around the inner edge of the umbrella1 pinning the cloth to little loops of tape you have tied at intervals over the ribs of the umbrella 7,fig4 #ejh74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eab4--;,floral tent playhouse4 ,the ,floral ,tent is easy to erect4 ,push two forked sticks into the ground and on one bind an upright slender branch 7,fig4 #eji72 then lay a pole across from one crotch to another 7,figs4 #eaj and #eaa74 ,on the upright branch tie flowers and grasses1 twisting a wreath of the same around the forked stick4 ,procure some bright-colored flowered material1 or cloth of any kind and hang it over the central pole4 ,stretch out the four corners and peg them to the ground 7,fig4 #eab74 ,,chapter ,,xxvii ,,keeping ,,store ,,the best place for keeping store is out-of-doors1 where there will be plenty of room and no fear of disturbing the grown people4 ,select a shady spot by the side of a house1 fence1 or tree1 carry your supplies there and set up the store4 ,build the ,counter by placing a board across from one empty barrel to another 7,fig4 #eac74 ,turn the barrels upside down1 bringing the covered side uppermost that there may be no possibility of losing articles down through the open barrel heads4 ,large1 strong wooden boxes or two chairs may serve to support the ends of the counter if barrels are not at hand4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eac4--,the counter for your store4 ,on each end of the counter nail an empty wooden box4 ,stand the box on one end and let the open part face backward2 put your hand inside and drive a few nails through box and counter to fasten the box securely in place4 ,do the same with the second box and your counter will be ready for ,the ,scales4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ead4--,tin cover for scale4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eae4--,tin cover pierced with three holes4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eaf4--;,band for measuring holes4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eag4--;,folded paper for measuring4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eah4--,strings tied on tin lid4 ,these are very necessary in weighing different articles4 ,they can be made of the round covers of two large-sized baking-powder or cracker cans 7,fig4 #ead74 ,have the covers exactly the same size1 and punch three holes in the rim of each at equal distances apart 7,fig4 #eae74 ,to obtain the exact measurements for placing the holes1 take a strip of paper and wrap it smoothly and tightly around the outside of the rim of the cover4 ,let the paper be a trifle narrower than the rim of the lid1 and be sure to fold over the long end exactly where it meets the first end 7,fig4 #eaf1 ,a74 ,remove the paper1 cut off the fold1 and again try the strip on the cover4 ,see that the measurement is perfectly correct1 then take the paper off and fold it into three equal sections1 making two folds and two ends 7,fig4 #eag71 and for the third time wrap the strip of paper around the cover rim4 ,mark the tin at the point where the ends meet1 and where the two creases in the paper strike the tin2 this will give three marks on the rim equally distant from each other4 ,drive a wire nail through the tin rim at the three marked places to make the necessary holes 7,fig4 #eae72 then tie knots in the ends of six pieces of string of equal length1 and thread a string through each of the three holes in each of the lids4 ,fasten the three strings on each lid together at the top 7,fig4 #eah74 ,cut a notch at each end of a stick and tie the scales in place 7,fig4 #eai74 ,make two notches in the centre of the stick1 one on the top1 the other on the bottom1 and tie a string around the stick at the centre notches by which to suspend the scales4 ,this centre string may be fastened to an overhanging tree-branch1 or you can make a support for it4 ,nail an upright stick to the end of the counter and box1 allowing it to come a little below the board2 then nail another upright stick in the same way to the other end of the counter4 ,notch the tops of the uprights1 lay a long1 slender stick across from one to the other and tie the centre string of the scales on the cross-stick 7,fig4 #ebj74 ,fig4 #eba gives an end view and shows exactly how to nail the upright on the box and end of board4 ,use different-sized stones as weights2 a small one for a quarter of a pound1 one twice as large for a half pound1 and another twice the size of the last for a whole pound4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eai4--,scales of tin can lids4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eba4--,nail upright on box and end of board this way4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebj4--,take your place behind the counter and keep store4 ,find a number of empty boxes in which to keep ,your ,supplies1 and stand them in a row on another counter back of the first 7,fig4 #ebb74 ,fill each box a little more than half full of sand1 earth1 pebbles1 or dried leaves1 which you must pretend is flour1 sugar1 coffee1 tea1 or other things in stock4 ,find a large shell1 a piece of shingle1 or anything else that will answer the purpose1 for a scoop to use in handling many of the groceries4 ,label each box with the name of the article you intend it to contain2 then look up your vegetables and nuts4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebb4--,supplies for your store4 ,acorns make fine nuts4 ,gather a quantity of them1 and for cabbage tie a number of corn-husks together1 or grape-vine or hollyhock leaves2 any kind of large leaves will answer the purpose4 ,take a small1 short stick and with a string wind the ends of the leaves1 one leaf at a time1 on the stick1 folding the first leaf opposite to and inside the second1 the second in the third1 and so on1 always allowing each succeeding leaf to overlap the last until the cabbage-head is large enough2 the resemblance to the real cabbage will be remarkable4 ,spinach may be made of small leaves4 ,for asparagus pick a number of long1 slender seed stems of the plantain4 ,short1 slender sticks placed in a glass jar may serve as sticks of candy1 licorice1 or licorice root4 ,you can utilize various grasses1 leaves1 roots1 and seeds in many ways4 ,when selling groceries you will need ,wrapping ,paper in which the customers may carry away their goods4 ,cut newspaper into uniform sheets of two or three sizes and lay them conveniently near for use4 ,string will not be necessary if you twist the paper into cornucopias4 ,hold the lower right-hand corner of a sheet of paper with your right hand and the other lower corner on the same edge with your left hand2 pull the corner in your right hand forward1 continue to bring it toward you until it stretches out and up from the corner in your left hand and covers well within the upper corner diagonally from it4 ,hold these two corners together with the right hand while with the left you roll the bottom corner1 held in that hand1 outside1 forming the lower point of the cornucopia4 ,fold up the bottom point to keep the cornucopia from unrolling 7,fig4 #ebc71 and it will be ready for whatever it is to hold4 ,the top point1 ,b1 can be turned down as a cover4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebc4--,newspaper cornucopia4 ,flower-pots or tin cans1 large and small1 may serve for pint and quart measures4 ,always give generous measure and full weight when selling your supplies4 ,this item is very important2 remember it every time you make a sale1 for the act will help to build up true ideas of justice and honesty4 ,now make ,the ,money necessary to use in the store4 ,take ordinary white writing-paper not too heavy and lay it over a coin2 hold the paper down securely with the thumb and first finger of your left hand while you rub an old spoon or smooth metal of some kind over and over the paper-covered coin4 ,the metal end of the handle of a penknife is convenient to use for this purpose4 ,after one or two rubs you will see indications of the print of the coin2 a few more rubs will bring out the lines distinctly4 ,make as many coins as you will need1 of different denominations4 ,money of any country may be coined in this manner4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebd4--,paper for your pocket-book4 ,after printing all money necessary1 cut it out ready for use and put the change into ,paper ,pocket-books4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebe4--;,fold down the two top corners until they meet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebf4--;,fold the other two corners in the same way4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebg4--;,fold top point to meet centre of folded edge4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebh4--;,fold bottom point to meet centre of folded edge4 ,it requires only a few moments to make them4 ,cut a piece of smooth paper eleven and one-half inches long and seven wide 7,fig4 #ebd74 ,fold down diagonally the two top corners until they meet 7,fig4 #ebe72 fold the other two corners in the same way 7,fig4 #ebf74 ,fold the top point down to meet centre of folded edge 7,fig4 #ebg72 do likewise with the bottom point 7,fig4 #ebh74 ,turn the top over and fold to centre 7,fig4 #ebi72 bring the bottom up to meet the edge of the folded top 7,fig4 #ecj74 ,now fold back and under one of the sides 7,fig4 #eca71 fold under the other side 7,fig4 #ecb71 and bend back lengthwise through the centre until top and bottom meet 7,fig4 #ecc74 ,lay the pocket-book down on one side and the lower part will resemble ,fig4 #ecd4 ,the lower portion of the sides ,o and ,p1 ,fig4 #ecd1 must be fastened together that the bottom may be tight and secure4 ,cut a strip of paper a trifle shorter than the length of 7,fig4 #ecd71 and insert it at the bottom by first folding the strip through the centre lengthwise1 then sliding one edge in at ,o and the other in at ,p4 ,push the two sides of the strip well up in the pocket-book1 and the bottom will be tightly bound 7,fig4 #ece74 ,turn the pocket-book right side up1 and you will find two nice1 firm little pockets4 ,slip your finger in one pocket and pull out the point to serve as a cover 7,fig4 #ecf74 ,cut a short slit through one layer of the front of the pocket-book for securing the point of the cover when the pocket-book is closed 7,fig4 #ecg74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ebi4--,turn the top over and fold to centre ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ecj4--;,bring the bottom up to meet edge of folded top4 ,divide the money among those taking part in the sport2 then ,take ,your ,place ,behind the ,counter and let your little friends call and purchase whatever they choose4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eca4--;,fold back and under one of the sides4 ,be careful in making change that there are no mistakes1 and insist that each customer count the money received in change before leaving the store4 ,if you wish to be very business-like1 take account of all goods sold4 ,write down the articles with the measure or weight and the price received1 as nearly as possible as accounts are kept in real stores4 ,should customers keep you too busy to put down the items yourself1 let another person act as bookkeeper and cashier1 and when you make a sale call out to your assistant the item with amount sold and money received2 for instance1 should a boy purchase a pound of sugar1 call to the bookkeeper3 ,one pound of sugar1 ten cents2 then turn your attention to the next customer while your comrade writes down the amount4 ,if the weather continues fine1 you can leave your store undisturbed for several days in succession and conduct it after school hours4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ecb4--;,fold under the other side4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ecc4--;,bend backward until top and bottom meet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ecd4--,showing under part of pocket-book4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ece4--;,bottom of pocket-book tightly bound4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ecf4--,pointed cover of pocket-book4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ecg4--,pocket-book closed4 ,if you find that you need more and a greater ,variety of ,candy manufacture it of strips of bright-colored paper rolled into the form of paper lighters about the length and thickness of ordinary stick candy4 ,these mingled together in a separate glass jar or piled upon the counter add to the attractiveness of the store4 ,hard lump candy of various-sized pebbles will probably sell well1 but if upon trial the demand is not as great as desired1 you might wrap each pebble in a bit of bright paper to enhance its appearance2 then the customers will doubtless invest more liberally in the gay-colored sweetmeats4 ,small candy balls1 red and white1 may be made of the red and white clover-heads picked close to the blossom1 leaving no sign of the green stem visible4 ,keep the different colors separate1 placing all of the red clover candy flat down in one layer on the inside of a box-lid1 where it will look bright and pretty4 ,the upturned edges of the lid prevent the clover from rolling out4 ,white-clover candy will appear to better advantage if you place a piece of colored tissue-paper in a box-lid1 allowing the edges of the paper to stand up a trifle beyond the sides before arranging the white clover in the lid4 ,gather a variety of grasses1 roots1 and leaves1 tie them up in little bunches with strings formed of several pieces of long grass twisted or braided together1 and sell them as soup-seasoning herbs4 ,large bouquets of white clover-blossoms with long stems and no leaves when bunched together1 forming a white mass on the top1 and then surrounded by large green leaves tied in place with braided grass1 make excellent imitations of cauliflowers4 ,use the round1 flat hollyhock-seed for crackers2 peel off the outside green cover and the crackers will be white4 ,you can pretend large-sized poppy-seed vessels are green tomatoes1 which your customers will be glad to buy for making pickles4 ,have everything connected with your store neat and orderly1 and conduct it in a business-like manner4 ,do not forget to make bars of soap of moist clay or earth4 ,have the clay only soft enough to mould and cut with an old knife2 when of the right consistency form the cakes1 making them all the same size4 ,cut the edges smooth and even and lay the soap on a board in the sun to harden sufficiently to handle with ease4 ,you might also use moist clay for butter1 and cut off portions as customers call for it1 weighing the butter in your scales to obtain the exact quantity desired by each purchaser4 ,now try and think of other supplies you can make of the moist clay4 ,,chapter ,,xxviii ,a ,,frolic ,,with ,,the ,,roses ,,select one rose from the many you have gathered and hold the blossom tenderly while you look down into its heart and breathe in its beauty and fragrance2 then gently turn the rose over and find how wonderfully all the petals fit in and are held together in their pretty green cup with its long green streamers1 which we call the calyx4 ,is there any flower more beautiful8 ,see how daintily it is formed1 how exquisite the coloring and how wonderful the texture6 ,could a manufacturer furnish you with such enchanting material from which to make your toys8 ,boats of ,rose ,petals ,carefully detach the rose petals one by one1 beginning with the outermost and largest4 ,be cautious not to bruise or injure the fragile little things4 ,cut the sail and mast all in one piece from tissue-paper 7,fig4 #ech74 ,fold the mast over twice1 according to the dotted lines1 that it may be stiff and able to stand erect4 ,bend the lower portion of the mast as in ,fig4 #eci4 ,paste the inner sides of the fold together1 and it will form a flat piece extending out on each side of the mast 7,fig4 #edj74 ,over the bottom of this spread the least bit of strong paste or glue and place the mast well forward on one of the largest rose petals4 ,the portion of the petal which grew inside the calyx forms the front part or bow of the boat4 ,have the mast stand perfectly erect2 if it is inclined to bend toward either side1 straighten it and keep it upright4 ,before launching the vessel allow a few moments for the glue to dry1 then lift the boat very carefully by the top of the mast with your thumb and first finger and set it down on the water1 which must be without even a ripple4 ,when once the boat is well launched the waves may come with slight risk of damage to the craft4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ech4--,tissue-paper sail and mast cut in one piece4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eci4--;,bend lower portion of mast4 ,let the first boat be of a large pink rose petal and have its sail of the same color4 ,make ,two ,vessels of white rose petals with white sails and join the boats with a strip of white tissue-paper4 ,paste one end of the paper strip on the inner part of the right-hand side of one boat and fasten the other end of the paper strip on the inner part of the left-hand side of the other boat1 allowing sufficient space between the two boats to keep them from touching4 ,the twins will then sail together like two beautiful white sea-gulls floating on the crest of a wave4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edj4--;,form a flat stand4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eda4--;,green tissue-paper sail and mast4 ,take one of the green leaves and fasten on it a green sail different in shape from the white 7,fig4 #eda74 ,place this boat with the other pretty craft on the miniature lake in the large glass dish or basin4 ,though not so fragile and delicate1 the green bark is charming4 ,agitate and move the water as the boats lie at anchor1 and watch the effect4 ,drifting1 floating1 and dancing1 the fleet of tiny boats will begin to move3 the mingling of the different tints and colors1 the various beautiful reflections cast in the clear water by the little vessels with their spreading sails1 form a delightful fairy-like spectacle4 ,fig4 #edb gives only a faint idea of the actual scene1 which is all color1 life1 fragrance1 and beauty4 ,when you keep the dainty fleet on the water in-doors1 it ought to remain in good condition for several days4 ,if you wish to have the ,lake in the ,open ,air1 dig a hole in the ground sufficiently large and deep to hold the pan you intend to use as a lake4 ,sink the tin in the hole1 fit it in perfectly steady and firm1 then pour clear water into the pan1 and when it is quiet launch the fleet4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edb4--;,fairy fleet of rose-petal boats4 ,you will need a little ,rose ,girl like ,fig4 #edd1 to help you enjoy the boats1 a girl who can stand by the water and watch the sailing-vessels2 you can make such a one of a rose turned upside down4 ,choose the largest and most fully blown rose for the rose girl4 ,cut the stem off about two inches from the blossom1 and push a common wooden toothpick through the stem midway between the rose and the end of the stem4 ,the toothpick forms the girl's two arms 7,fig4 #edc74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edc4--;,how to make the rose girl4 ,fashion the head from an old seed-vessel1 which you will probably find still clinging to one of the rose-bushes4 ,first make a small hole quite deep in the top of the seed-vessel2 then push the end of the stem of the rose up into the head 7,fig4 #edc74 ,run each toothpick arm through a green leaf and use a white or pale-pink rose petal for the girl's face 7,fig4 #edd74 ,pin the petal to the head with four rose thorns1 using two for the eyes1 one for the nose1 and one for the mouth4 ,pin a rose petal on the top of the head for a hat4 ,turn backward two petals1 without breaking them from the rose1 to form the dress waist2 pin or gum one petal to the arms and neck in front and the other to the arms and neck at the back4 ,then stick three wooden toothpicks in the top of the rose 7,fig4 #edd72 place the toothpicks so they will form a tripod1 two on a line across the front and the third a trifle back of and midway between the front ones4 ,these three toothpicks will enable the rose girl to stand alone2 the two foremost serve as legs and the other as a support4 ,you can make feet of two green leaves stuck on the ends of the two front toothpicks 7,fig4 #edd74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edd4--,the wide-awake rose girl4 ,perhaps the little rose girl would like ,a ,garden of her own1 enclosed by a fence made of green leaves1 thorns1 short slender sticks and a pliable rose stem4 ,bend the stem into an arch and pin it down to a board with ordinary pins1 each end over a green leaf 7,fig4 #ede74 ,begin at the bottom and attach the leaves to the arch with thorns1 allowing all leaves to point upward4 ,decorate one side1 then begin again at the bottom and fasten leaves on the other side2 finish the arch by pinning a leaf upright in the centre4 ,build the fence of green leaves pinned together at their sides with slender sticks or broom straws2 stand the fence upright in a circular form1 and fasten one end leaf on each side of the arch 7,fig4 #edf74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #ede4--;,bent rose-stem for arch4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edf4--,the rose-girl's garden fence4 ,of course you must ,give the ,rose ,girl a ,party2 you might call it ,the ,feast of ,roses1 and decorate the four corners of a wee table with vases which would rival in color and beauty the famous ,peachblow ,vase for which such a fabulous price was paid4 ,make the little vases of large pink rosebuds2 those beginning to unfold are the best4 ,peel off the outside petals and1 grasping each bud1 in turn1 near its base with the thumb and first two fingers1 gently work it back and forth until it is loosened and can be removed entire without damage4 ,stand each vase on a level surface and gather spears of grass to place in them4 ,push some of the grass ends down into the vases1 but do not crowd them2 have only two or three in each vase 7,fig4 #edg74 ,the pink color of the vase will contrast pleasingly with the green of the grass1 and the feast will be laden with the delicate perfume of roses4 ,you might candy different colored rose petals by dipping them in hot sugar syrup boiled until it spins like a thread1 and then drying the petals separately on oiled paper2 they will be appropriate for the party4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edg4--,peachblow vase of rosebud4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edh4--;,green rose-leaf for part of turtle4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #edi4--,rose petal and green leaf turtle4 ,in addition to these things the rose girl must have a little ,pet ,turtle to take out walking in her garden4 ,cut a green leaf of a rose like ,fig4 #edh4 ,cover the top with a rose petal gummed on around its edges1 and the turtle will be ready for a stroll 7,fig4 #edi74 ,draw a face with ink on your finger1 and make a ,rose-petal ,cap for the finger-head by lapping two petals over each other1 leaving the outer edges for the sides and bottom of the cap4 ,gum one petal upon the other and put the cap on your finger 7,fig4 #eej74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eej4--,rose-petal cap for finger-head4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eea4--,two cream-colored rose-petals for part of pansy4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eeb4--,pink rose petals partially over light ones4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eec4--,pansy ready for last rose petal4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eed4--,pansy ready for green leaves4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eee4--,pansy green leaf cut from rose leaf4 ,we have not enough rose petals to serve for a shower1 as had a ,roman emperor long ago when he made bushels of them rain down upon his guests from the ceiling of his banquet-hall1 but we can collect sufficient ,rose ,petals to ,use in ,painting some pretty designs4 ,you will need neither paints nor brushes1 for the roses are the colors and deft little fingers the brushes4 ,you must take the paints as you find them and work this way3 ,place two cream-colored petals on a smooth blank paper laid over a flat surface 7,fig4 #eea72 arrange two pink petals partially over the light ones 7,fig4 #eeb72 lay down a stem from which you have taken the thorns 7,fig4 #eec72 add to the flower a fifth petal1 which should be pink1 and you will have painted a pansy 7,fig4 #eed74 ,cut two of the green leaves of the rose according to ,fig4 #eee1 and place them as if growing at different distances on opposite sides of the stem 7,fig4 #eef74 ,glue or strong paste dropped sparingly on the paper where you intend to put the centre of the flower will hold the petals in position1 and1 if necessary1 you may use a trifle more glue as the work proceeds4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eef4--,painting of pansy made with rose petals4 ,rose butterflies do not look exactly like real ones1 but they are very pretty1 and you can readily paint one4 ,arrange two large red rose petals for the front wings 7,fig4 #eeg72 slightly over-lapping the lower edges of these lay two smaller white petals1 and make the body of a green leaf cut like ,fig4 #eeh4 ,gum it down over the lengthwise centre of the group of petals4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eeg4--,red rose-petal wings and green rose-leaf body4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eeh4--;,body of butterfly4 ,conventional ,designs are very easy to paint4 ,take the rose calyx1 cut off its lower half and place the calyx flat down on smooth blank white paper2 it resembles a five-pointed star4 ,under the tip of each point slide the inner end of a rose petal1 any color you choose4 ,between each two rose petals gum a green leaf 7,fig4 #eei74 ,now take away the star centre and use rose petals in its place1 and you will have a rose window design4 ,try alternating red and dark-red velvet petals1 or use all yellow petals4 ,in this way you may form a variety of patterns painted with roses4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eei4--;,conventional design painted with roses4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efj4--,rose petals pinned together for wreath4 ,to make ,dainty ,wreaths of ,rose ,petals1 pin them together in a long row with slender sticks or broom straws 7,fig4 #efj74 ,you can weave larger and more substantial wreaths1 strong enough to place on your mother's head when crowning her ,queen of ,beauty and ,kindness4 ,use the entire blossom mingled with buds and green leaves1 all short stemmed1 not longer than three or four inches4 ,bind the stems with string on a circle made of a piece of willow or some other pliable material1 and be sure to remove the thorns from all the stems before weaving the wreath 7,fig4 #efa74 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efa4--,wreath of roses4 ,try to find some new beauty in every rose you see this summer4 ,write it all down1 and the following ,june you will discover still other beauties to jot in your rose book4 ,,chapter ,,xxix ,a ,,straw-,,ride ,,picnic ,,there is a charm in the very word picnic1 for it brings with it a breezy1 wholesome1 out-of-door atmosphere1 quickening the pulse and causing the lips to smile with delight and the eyes to sparkle with merriment4 ,a genuine ,american picnic means a jolly little party in the open air with plenty of space for all sorts of games and amusements2 and then the dinner6 ,its equal could not be enjoyed in an ordinary dining-room4 ,there is no need of chairs when the party is gathered around the feast1 for the novelty and fascination of sitting on the ground while dining are thoroughly enjoyed1 and everyone knows how delicious a mere bit of bread and butter may taste when eaten from the low1 green table1 the general enchantment of place and scene giving an added flavor4 ,illustration3 ,going on a straw-ride picnic4 ,june is the ideal time for picnics2 in this month there are so many perfect days1 when none should work1 but all should play1 that one is prompted to plan for a little fun and frolic1 including an informal ,straw ,ride1 which shall form part of the programme of the entertainment4 ,choose for the ride a large1 roomy wagon1 remove all the seats except the one reserved for the driver1 and fill the bottom of the vehicle with plenty of fresh1 clean straw4 ,let all the party be seated on this1 have within reach warm wraps for protection in case of cooler weather or a shower2 and stow the luncheon away under the seat of the driver4 ,the horse should not be too spirited for such an occasion1 and the driver must be a strong1 reliable man who understands perfectly the management of the reins4 ,thus equipped1 with two or three grown persons in charge1 the girls and boys may throw care to the winds and enjoy their ride over hill and dale1 through sweet meadows and along leafy lanes dappled with golden sunshine2 again on the highway1 past field and wood1 driving gayly along until the picnic ground is reached4 ,should the ride be more than a mile or two1 the way may be beguiled with gay songs and choruses1 or games in which all may join while sitting quietly in their places4 ,such a game is the old one ,simon ,says4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efb4--,simon says ,thumbs up4 ,it is played with the hands only2 each person doubles up his right hand1 resting it on his lap and allowing his thumb to stand erect 7,fig4 #efb74 ,when all are in position the leader calls out3 ,simon says ',thumbs down1' at the same time turning his thumb downward 7,fig4 #efc74 ,all follow his example2 then comes the bidding ,thumbs up1 and many will resume the first position before they realize that the leader omitted to prefix the order with ,simon says4 ,therein lies the catch1 for no command must be obeyed unless it comes from ,simon4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efc4--,simon says ,thumbs down4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efd4--,simon says ,wiggle waggle4 ,the leader proceeds with ,simon says1 ',thumbs up1' then up must go all thumbs1 and when ,simon says ',wiggle waggle1' all move their thumbs from side to side while the hand rests in position 7,fig4 #efd7--;dotted lines show the swing of the thumb4 ,if any neglect to do so it counts one against him2 next comes the order ,stop2 the thumbs continuing to wag1 the leader calls ,simon says ',thumbs stop4' ,the leader may command a change in the position and movement of the hand and thumb according to his fancy1 but the hand cannot be unclasped nor the thumb folded down during the game4 ,three failures count the player out1 and he must then content himself with watching the others until the play ends4 ,the leader1 being privileged1 follows all directions in order to confuse the others4 ,the game is short1 consisting of ten commands from the leader4 ,it may be played with sides1 the group dividing into two parties2 the young people at one end of the wagon form one side1 while those at the other end constitute the other side4 ,the party losing fewest players wins the game4 ,another interesting amusement1 easily played as the wagon rolls along1 is the ,bird ,wish4 ,at a given signal each boy and girl must close both eyes tight and make a wish1 not opening the eyes until the leader calls out ,look1 when all may scan the blue heavens and the surrounding country in search of birds4 ,the first to discover one cries out ,bird1 which insures the fulfilment of the wish4 ,the other players are obliged to try again4 ,there being but three chances in this game1 only three of the company can be sure of successful wishes4 ,if more diversions are needed during the drive1 try the following ,word ,tangle4 ,ask each boy and girl to repeat in turn these lines3 ,she says she sells sea-shells2 ,shall she sell sea-shells8 ,the words must not be recited too slowly1 as that would spoil the sport4 ,let the verse be said a trifle faster than ordinary speech4 ,the tongues of most of the players will probably become twisted1 causing the words to sound unintelligible to the rest of the company1 and a hearty laugh will follow the effort4 ,only one trial is accorded each player4 ,when the line has gone the rounds1 repeat in the same manner3 ,fred fetched freshly fried flying fish4 ,these little trials of skill in speech not only give you much fun1 but at the same time they cure hesitancy of speech and brighten the mind2 but do not let that frighten you and deter you from profiting by the sport4 ,never be afraid of advantageous learning2 let it come in what guise it may1 it will surely add to your pleasure as well as your worth4 ,when the picnic grounds are reached and all have had time to look about1 everyone will be ready for exercise4 ,so prepare for a grand rush after one of the group chosen as ,the ,deer1 who1 stepping directly in front of the others1 calls ,ready1 when the group standing still immediately sings to the air of ,yankee ,doodle1 ,my heart is in the ,highlands1 ,my heart isn't here4 ,my heart is in the ,highlands1 ,chasing the deer4 ,at the word ready the deer starts to run1 and as the pursuers cannot follow until the song is ended1 the deer has time to get a certain distance ahead before the others give chase2 this they do as they sing the last word in the verse4 ,the deer runs a short distance1 circles around and returns to the starting-point1 or home as it is called1 the followers endeavoring to catch him before he reaches his goal4 ,after resting from this game bring the rope from its hiding-place in the wagon1 also the long board stowed away flat against the side of the vehicle1 and in less time than you imagine the rope can be securely fastened on a strong branch of a tree to serve as ,a ,swing1 while the board may be used for a ,teeter-tarter2 balance the plank across a log or the lower bars of a fence2 then when two players take their seats at the ends of the board1 if it is properly adjusted1 they will rise and sink alternately as the ends move up and down1 keeping time as the players sing3 ,teeter-tarter1 bread and water1 ,come and see the pretty daughter4 ,see-saw1 ,margery ,daw1 ,came to town to study law4 ,if the players are of unequal weight1 the heavier one shortens his half of the plank by shoving it along farther across the fence or log1 preserving in this way the equilibrium4 ,to start the ,teeter-tarter one of the players should give a slight spring upward with the feet while retaining his sitting posture on the board4 ,prepare ,the ,dinner early1 as the brisk drive in the morning air tends to stimulate the appetite4 ,bring the lunch-boxes to the place selected for the meal2 let one person take full charge and give directions1 while the others unpack1 build the fire1 and go to the spring for water4 ,the lunch should have been packed in paper boxes1 to avoid the care of baskets4 ,in the first box might be the loaves of fresh uncut bread and a tin baking-powder can of sweet butter1 the bread to be cut into thin slices1 buttered and prepared for sandwiches of various kinds4 ,these can be easily made by adding either the chopped nuts that have been packed in a separate small box1 or crisp lettuce leaves which have been detached from the stalk1 well cleaned and sprinkled with fresh water1 then carefully placed by themselves in a box lined with waxed or oiled paper such as is used by confectioners for sweetmeats4 ,or the sandwiches may be of sliced ham1 tongue1 roast-beef or lamb1 each kind of meat being folded in waxed paper and packed in its own box4 ,when the different articles of food are managed in this way they are much more attractive and palatable1 each retaining its own flavor1 and there is no danger of their being mashed and jumbled together1 as happens too often when the dinner is indifferently arranged and put together in a thoughtless manner4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efe4--,picnic salt-box4 ,the best way to carry salt1 pepper1 etc41 is to put each into a small paper box1 the salt in one of cylindrical form1 the lid of which has previously been punched full of holes with the aid of a tack or a slender wire nail 7,fig4 #efe74 ,the pepper can be in a smaller and differently shaped box1 and sugar in a box of still another size and shape1 that there may be no chance of mistaking one for the other and covering the meat with sugar or trying to sweeten the lemonade with salt4 ,the perforations in the lid of the pepper-box must be quite small2 punch them with a large-sized needle4 ,after the boxes are filled the lids can be fastened securely with strong paste and1 before they are packed1 may have paper tied down over the tops 7,fig4 #eff71 to preclude all chance of the contents sprinkling out during the journey4 ,if mustard is needed1 it should be prepared at home and carried in a small1 wide-mouthed bottle4 ,mayonnaise dressing is best conveyed corked up in a small stone china jar1 such as is often used for jam4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #eff4--,paper over the top4 ,boiled1 fried1 or broiled chicken is always acceptable at a picnic dinner2 the chicken must be well cooked1 cut into pieces and each portion wrapped in a separate piece of waxed paper1 then packed together in a box4 ,cold-boiled asparagus or string beans1 with fresh lettuce and mayonnaise dressing1 may take the place of a meat salad if desired4 ,fruit is very refreshing and always welcome if consisting of fresh berries1 cherries1 etc42 pack it in the same manner as lettuce1 omitting the sprinkling and washing4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efg4--,picnic wooden-spoon4 ,illustration3 ,fig4 #efh4--;,flat sticks to use as spoons4 ,of course1 young people do not care for coffee1 but the grown ones would like it1 and they must be remembered4 ,grind the coffee and mix with raw egg2 it may then be carried in the tin coffee-pot1 the coffee to be made after the grounds are reached4 ,if cake is taken1 do not let it be rich2 sponge or plain cup-cake1 made in layers with apple-sauce between1 is best4 ,as far as possible have the table equipment of paper1 that it may not be necessary to carry it back home4 ,a tablecloth composed of large sheets of smooth white wrapping-paper will answer the purpose very well4 ,paper plates such as are used by bakers1 make excellent substitutes for china ones and are the very thing for outing parties4 ,spoons may be home-made1 whittled of wood2 should the bowls of the spoons prove too difficult to manage1 make them like small shovels 7,fig4 #efg74 ,if time will not allow of this1 flat1 smooth sticks larger at one end than the other 7,fig4 #efh7 may take their place4 ,knives are not absolutely necessary4 ,only one need be taken1 but that must be of good size and sharp1 to be used for cutting bread4 ,it is a mistake to carry fine table linen or silver1 they always prove a great care and are apt to be injured or lost1 but not being skilled in the art of eating with chopsticks1 like the ,chinese1 you will have to be supplied with forks4 ,take barely enough for the purpose and have them of the most inexpensive quality2 then it will not matter if one or two happen to be lost4 ,only a few cups will be required and no saucers2 the company can take turns using the cups4 ,one item more--a pail for the water4 ,a small ,camp-fire is very important4 ,build it on a spot where there is not the slightest danger of its spreading1 and into the embers and ashes roll small raw potatoes4 ,they will be delicious baked--velvety black on the outside and1 when broken open while steaming hot1 soft1 mealy1 and snowy white on the inside4 ,before boiling the coffee1 pile a layer of flat stones on two sides of the fire and set the coffee-pot on them1 bridging across the open space over the fire4 ,water can be heated in this way for tea or chocolate4 ,after luncheon gather all the boxes and paper and burn them in the camp-fire1 being careful not to put too much on the fire at a time and waiting until one portion is burned before adding more4 ,the paper should be rolled in small1 tight balls to prevent a possible breeze from wafting it in the air4 ,all can join in feeding the fire and enjoy ,the ,game which accompanies it4 ,when each one has secured his contribution of box or paper1 all must stand around the fire and in turn cast the fuel on the flames4 ,the first to do so begins telling any kind of an original tale which imagination may suggest1 such as1 ,the ,prince1 arrayed in gorgeous and rich apparel1 was about to enter his crystal palace when---- ,there he stops1 because the rules of the game do not allow one person to speak longer than his paper burns1 but until it is consumed he must not cease talking4 ,the next in turn drops her paper on the flame and continuing the story1 says1 he was startled by a peculiar noise from the grove near by4 ,rushing to discover the cause1 he saw something dark moving among the trees1 it turned and slowly approached---- ,her paper having completely burned1 the third player takes up the plot1 and tossing his box on the glowing coals1 says1 ,nearer and nearer the something came1 when1 lo6 it proved to be a baby bear walking erect and carrying in his paws---- ,so it goes on1 and everyone adding a little1 the story grows4 ,each player being at liberty to turn the romance to suit his mind1 the story is apt to assume sudden and comical changes1 giving it a peculiar charm both to those who take part and to those who listen4 ,a short1 quiet time with jack-stones1 played with small stones found on the ground1 will allow of sufficient rest before participating in the exhilarating sport of ,menagerie4 ,in this choose a keeper1 whose duty it is to give the name of a different animal to each player4 ,then all must form in line for the grand march4 ,headed by the keeper1 the procession twists and winds through the trees1 this way and that1 returning soon to the starting-point1 when all join hands1 forming a circle around the keeper who is then blindfolded4 ,the circle spins merrily around until the keeper calls out ,jungle1 the signal for all the players to shout in chorus1 each one giving the cry of the animal he represents4 ,after that they stand perfectly still4 ,the keeper next calls to one of the animals to enter the cage4 ,the player named must break from the circle and1 standing within the ring1 gently give the cry peculiar to the animal represented1 at the same time changing his position so that the keeper may not be able to catch him1 as the latter tries to do1 guided by the cry4 ,if the keeper succeeds at the first trial1 the two change places1 and the game commences over again1 but without the march4 ,should the keeper not be able to catch the animal in his first attempt1 the bandage must be removed from his eyes1 and the circle standing clasping hands and elevating them high in air1 give space for the animal to dart out of the cage1 followed by the keeper4 ,in and out of the circle they run1 going not more than three times around the ring2 if in that time the keeper does not succeed in capturing his game1 he must again be blindfolded and stand in the middle of the ring while the game continues4 ,if captured1 the animal becomes the keeper and the keeper the animal4 ,only a short while will remain before it will be time for returning home1 a few moments more for tumbling about close to ,nature2 then comes the ride back home in the big wagon filled with gay and happy girls and boys4 ,,chapter ,,xxx ,a ,,paper ,,chase ,,fun6 ,why what can compare with it8 ,the clear frosty air is full of life1 the blood is rushing tumultuously through your veins and your feet are tingling to be off on the chase4 ,it is healthful1 it is inspiring1 it is glorious fun4 ,you must think1 too1 in order to be successful either as hare or hound1 for the object of each is to outwit the other1 and ,paper ,chase is a game that requires the use of brains as well as muscle4 ,the ,hares and ,hounds compose the party4 ,two hares and as many hounds as you will1 the more the merrier4 ,each hare must carry a bag filled with paper cut into small strips4 ,the hounds carry only the weight of their responsibility to entrap and catch the hares4 ,illustration3 ,over ,fences4 ,the ,game is a country game1 of course4 ,who would think of the hares and hounds dashing in a mad run through the streets of town or village4 ,and it is a noisy game with the ,kee-ooi6 ,kee-ooi6 of the fleeing hares1 and answering ,la-ha-hoo1 ,la-ha-hoo6 of the pursuing hounds4 ,select a convenient club-house or residence for the meet and let there be two hares and at least six hounds4 ,the first thing to be decided upon is the distance of the run1 which should not be too great1 especially for beginners4 ,the next is the agreement between the hares upon a general plan to be pursued in their tactics1 which must be kept secret from the hounds4 ,the morning hours are best for the game1 and a hearty appetite for lunch1 or the hunt-breakfast1 it might be called1 is the result4 ,at a ,given ,time let the hares start off together1 scattering their bits of paper as they go1 to be followed ten or fifteen minutes later by the hounds1 who are led by the paper on the tracks of the hares4 ,the object of the hares is so to scatter the paper in their cross-country run as to lead the hounds on ,a ,false ,scent4 ,this is sometimes done by the hares making a detour into a field1 doubling back on their tracks and running in quite another direction4 ,or they may provide a number of false scents leading from one point4 ,to be sure all this uses up much precious time1 but the compensation lies in mystifying and delaying the hounds1 each of whom must decide for herself which trail is the most likely to prove the one the hares have really taken4 ,when ,the ,hares ,are ,off and the fifteen minutes up1 the hounds must start in pursuit4 ,their object is to head off and catch the hares before they can cover the given distance and again reach the place of meeting4 ,a hound must not only come in sight of a hare but must touch her in order to make a catch4 ,each player in the paper chase acts for herself1 and if she succeeds in catching a hare she wins the honors4 ,and a hare reaching home without being caught wins great honor4 ,the hares keep together1 but the hounds may scatter at will1 though no girl should risk going too far alone4 ,from time to time the hares must give their cry ,kee-ooi6 ,kee-ooi6 that the hounds may not go too far astray1 and the hounds reply with their ,la-ha-hoo6 to let the hares know they are on their tracks4 ,over ,fences1 ,across ,brooks1 taking to the cover of the woods1 or speeding along the roads1 it matters little how you get there1 the object is to reach the point you have decided upon over the shortest route and in the least possible time4 ,this is the fun of it1 the wild scramble over all obstacles and the exultant moment when1 if a hound1 you have run down the hares or1 if a hare1 you outwit the hounds and make the home-run in safety4 ,the game requires good generalship on both sides1 quick thought and ready decision4 ,how to ,dress4 ,a short skirt1 loose1 stout walking shoes1 and a sweater make the most comfortable costume4 ,wraps will be found in the way and uncomfortably warm1 and you cannot run very well in overshoes4 ,if your feet get wet keep on running and you will not take cold1 but have a change of foot-wear ready that you may replace wet shoes and stockings with dry ones as soon as you reach the house4 ,also throw a wrap over you upon your return so that you may not cool off too suddenly after your long run4 ,light bags for the hares to carry may be made of cotton cloth with straps of the same to throw over the shoulder4 ,good health1 good-fellowship1 good-nature1 and fair play are the requisites for the complete enjoyment of this most exhilarating of all games4 ,,index ,a ,adjusting warp1 #ai ,african hut1 #cjf ,alligators1 clay1 #aic ,amusements1 ,mayday1 #bcg ,andirons1 #adb ,anemones1 #bif ,angling1 ,easter1 #bca ,animals1 tissue-paper1 #ge ,apple1 ,indian1 #bji ,apple1 ,jap1 #baa ,apple-seeds1 #bfa ,apple tower1 #bad ,apple toys1 #bjf ,arch1 door1 #agg ,armor1 alligator1 #aig ,arrow-heads1 #abb ,arrow-shaft1 #abc ,arrows for ,mayday1 #bch ,assumption1 ,cathedral of1 #age ,b ,baby alligators1 #aic ,bag1 school1 #ca ,bags1 fortune1 #bfb ,ball game1 ,may1 #bea ,ball of twine1 #bg ,banana1 clay1 #bja ,band1 spinning-wheel1 #h ,to adjust1 #i ,banners1 ,japanese fish1 #aga ,barrel-hoop1 #fb ,basket of shavings1 #cf ,basket1 to make wood1 #fb ,basket1 to weave splint1 #fh ,baskets as moulds1 #ahg ,baskets1 ,may1 #bdh ,beads1 #ahb ,bed1 ,japanese1 #afh ,beds1 blankets for dolls'1 #bf ,bell and ball game1 #bea ,bellows1 #aec ,binding basket edges1 #dj ,binding off1 #ga ,bird ,wish1 #ccg ,birds1 tissue-paper1 #ge1 #ic ,birds1 to feed1 #bfg ,bird's head1 finger1 #bgg ,birthday festivals1 #agj ,blackbirds1 finger1 #bhj ,blanket1 ,navajo1 #bj1 #abe ,doll's bed1 #bf ,blood root1 #bif ,blouse1 ,russian1 #aha ,boats1 rose petals1 #cbj ,body1 alligator1 #aif ,bonnet1 war1 #aaf ,bonnet-wire stem1 #ie ,boots1 ,russian1 #ahb ,bouquet-holder1 #eh ,bow1 #abd ,bow case1 #abd ,bowls1 #bib ,bows for ,mayday amusements1 #bcg ,breakfast1 ,japan1 #afh ,broom1 show1 #agb ,build the ,tower1 #bhb ,butt1 rifle1 #aeb ,button-mould1 #aga ,c ,calumet1 #aai ,calyx1 tissue-paper1 #if ,camp-fire1 #cdb ,cap1 rose petal1 #cbh ,card-board1 pot hooks of1 #ade ,carnation-pink1 #hf1 #hg ,case1 handkerchief1 #da ,cathedral of ,assumption1 #agf ,chai1 ,russian1 #aha ,chamois skin gown1 #abe ,chase1 paper1 #cde ,chicken1 tissue-paper1 #ge ,chieftain's shield1 #abj ,children1 talking1 #bfh ,chimney samovar1 #ahd ,chin ,chopper ,chin1 #bhb ,churn1 #afj ,circle1 to cut a1 #hh ,clay1 #ahg ,clay alligators1 #aic ,cleaning for spinning-wheel1 #h ,cloak1 old colonial1 #aee ,cloth1 magic1 #bfd ,clothes-line1 possibilities of1 #afb ,clover1 four-leaved1 #bfj ,coat of armor1 alligator1 #aig ,coiled pottery1 #ahg ,colonial kitchen1 toy1 #acc ,colorless vases1 #bib ,combinations1 flower1 #bia ,common grasses1 #ec ,conventional designs1 #ccj ,cork churn lid1 #afj ,counter1 store1 #cjh ,cradle1 papoose1 #acj ,crane1 #acg ,crazy bull1 #aaf ,crosses1 paper1 #agh ,crowding1 flower1 #bij ,cupola1 ,russian cathedral1 #agh ,curtain-bee frolic1 #dh ,curtain1 sash1 #cd ,curtains1 primitive reed1 #dc ,d ,daffodil1 tissue-paper1 #ii ,dance1 egg1 #bcj ,dasher1 churn1 #afj ,deer1 #cch ,design1 ornamental1 #fg ,designs1 conventional1 #ccj ,dinner1 straw ride1 #cci ,distaff1 #g ,doll1 ,japanese1 #agd ,doll1 ,russian1 #ahj ,dolls' beds1 blankets for1 #bf ,dolls1 feast of1 #agb ,dolls' hammock1 #ef ,dolls1 new race of1 #ajc ,door-way1 ,russian cathedral1 #agg ,door-way screens1 #adi ,dress1 ,mary's1 #bag ,dress1 ,may-pole to1 #beb ,dress1 ,miss ,muffet's1 #ajh ,dress1 paper-chase1 #cdh ,dutch windmill1 #bad ,e ,eagle feather of paper1 #aba ,easter egg games1 #bbg ,edges1 basket1 #dj ,egg games1 #bbg ,elephant1 tissue-paper1 #hc ,encampment1 ,indian1 #aaa ,end-pieces1 #fc ,f ,face1 ,miss ,muffet's1 #ajf ,false scent1 #cdg ,faucet1 samovar1 #ahb ,feast of dolls1 #agb ,feather1 eagle paper1 #aba ,feathers1 for goose1 #bba ,fence1 paper1 #afh ,fenced in garden1 #afh ,ferns1 #big ,festivals1 ,japanese1 #afi ,finger church1 #bge ,finger plays1 #bgc ,finger steeple1 #bge ,fire1 tissue-paper1 #aad ,fireplace1 #ach ,fish1 ,japanese paper1 #agj ,five little pigs1 #bhe ,flax1 #aj ,flintlock rifle1 #aea ,floors1 ,japan paper house1 #afg ,floral tent1 #cjg ,florida playhouse1 #bih ,floor1 colonial kitchen1 #acf ,flower lifter1 #bid ,flowers1 to arrange1 #bhi ,folks1 finger plays for little1 #bgc ,food1 alligator1 #aih ,fortune bags1 #bfb ,four-leaved clover1 #bfj ,fresh flowers1 to arrange1 #bhi ,fringe1 to make hammock1 #cj ,frog1 jumping1 #bfd ,frolic1 curtain-bee1 #dh ,frolic with roses1 #cbj ,funny little apple toys1 #bjf ,g ,games1 egg1 #bbg ,garden1 fenced in1 #afh ,garden1 rose girls1 #cbe ,germantown wool for ,navajo blanket1 #bj ,ghost writing1 #bei ,girl1 rose1 #cbc ,gold nuggets1 #bed ,good ,indian1 #aae ,goose1 ,mother ,goose's1 #bbj ,gown1 chamois skin1 #abe ,grass1 napkin ring1 #ei ,grasses1 common1 #ec ,grasshopper house1 #ec ,green leaf boat1 #cbb ,green leaves1 #bia ,groceries1 #cab ,gun1 flintlock1 #aea ,h ,hallowe'en revels1 #bei ,hammock1 dolls'1 #ef ,handkerchief case1 #da ,handle1 basket1 #dj ,handle1 churn1 #afj ,hares1 #cde ,hut1 ,african1 #cjf ,hat1 witch's1 #beg ,head1 ,washington1 #bjb ,headdress1 ,indian1 #aaf ,heddles1 how to make loom1 #ag ,hepaticas1 #bif ,hibiscus1 #hf ,holder1 bouquet1 #eh ,home-like rag rug1 #aed ,home-made loom1 weaving on1 #ae ,hooks1 pot1 #ade ,hounds1 #cde ,houses1 ,japan paper1 #afb ,house1 grasshopper1 #ec ,hub1 spinning-wheel1 #adi ,i ,indian apple1 #bji ,indian ,encampment1 #aaa ,indian pot1 #adc ,indian travois1 #aah ,j ,jap apple1 #baj ,japan1 paper houses of1 #afb ,japanese doll1 #agd ,japanese paper1 #afb ,japanese umbrella1 #agc ,jars1 flower1 #bic ,jumping frog1 #bfd ,k ,kago1 #agb ,keeping store1 #cjh ,king1 ,may1 #bde ,kitchen1 toy colonial1 #acc ,kneading clay1 #ahg ,knitting needle1 gun-barrel1 #aeb ,knives and ,forks1 ,here are my ,mother's1 #bgi ,koi1 ,japanese1 #aga ,kremlin1 #age ,l ,lake1 open air1 #cbc ,lamb1 ,mary's1 #bai ,lanterns1 paper1 #afg ,leather boots1 #aha ,leaves1 green1 #bia ,leaves1 tissue-paper1 #aic ,legs1 alligator1 #aih ,lifter1 flower1 #bid ,lifting for ,pasch eggs1 #bbg ,line1 clothes1 #fb ,lingerie1 ,miss ,muffet's1 #ajg ,little apple toys1 #bjf ,little bellows1 #aec ,little ,miss ,muffet1 #ajc ,little paper houses1 #afb ,little pigs1 famous five1 #bhe ,loom1 weaving on home-made1 #ae ,m ,magic cloth1 #bfd ,marvel pictures1 #bae ,mary1 #bae ,material1 reed curtain1 #dc ,mats1 table1 #da ,may baskets1 #bdh ,mayday amusements1 #bcg ,may-pole1 #beb ,menagerie1 game of1 #cdc ,miniature cathedral1 #agf ,miss ,muffet1 tissue-paper1 #ajc ,moccasins1 #aag ,modelling in tissue-paper1 #ge ,money1 store1 #cad ,morning glory1 tissue-paper1 #hf1 #id ,mother ,goose's goose1 #bbj ,mother's knives and forks1 #bhj ,n ,navajo blanket1 #bj ,navajo blankets1 #abe ,nail1 staple1 #df ,napkin-ring1 grass1 #ei ,nasturtiums1 #bij ,nature study1 tissue-paper1 #hf ,netting1 rope1 #fe ,nuggets1 gold1 #bed ,o ,odd things in ,russia1 #age ,odd utensils1 #add ,odd colonial clock1 #aee ,old-fashioned flintlock rifle1 #aea ,old oaken bucket1 #bej ,open air lake1 #cbc ,open air play houses1 #bih ,ornamental design1 #fg ,oven1 #aci ,p ,paint1 for ,japan houses1 #afe ,painting1 rose petals for1 #cbh ,paper chase1 #cde ,paper houses of ,japan1 #afb ,paper lanterns1 #afg ,paper modelling1 in tissue1 #ge ,paper1 store wrapping1 #cac ,papoose1 #acj ,parker1 ,thankful1 #adf ,party1 rose girls1 #cbf ,pasch eggs1 #bbg ,pattern1 blanket1 #bd ,peel1 #add ,pet turtle1 #cbg ,pewter ware1 #aed ,picnic1 straw ride1 #ccc ,pictures1 marvel1 #bae ,pigs1 five little1 #bhe ,pin loom1 how to make1 #af ,pine-shavings1 #cf ,pipe of peace1 #aai ,play house1 open air1 #bih ,plays1 finger1 #bgc ,pocket-books1 store1 #cad ,pole1 ,may1 #beb ,possibilities of a clothes-line1 #fb ,pot hooks1 #ade ,pot1 iron1 #adc ,pottery1 #ahe ,practice on spinning-wheel1 #aa ,primitive reed curtains1 #dc ,q ,queen ,may1 #bde ,queer little teeter-tarter1 #bgc ,r ,race of dolls1 new1 #ajc ,rag rug1 home-like1 #aed ,rare frolic1 #cbj ,reed curtains1 primitive1 #dc ,revels1 ,hallowe'en1 #bed ,rice ball1 #aga ,rifle1 #aea ,ring1 grass napkin1 #ei ,rock1 #g ,roll1 clay1 #ahi ,roll of splint1 #fh ,rolling1 egg1 #bce ,roof1 ,russian cathedral1 #agg ,rookwood pottery1 #ahg ,rope netting1 #fe ,rose girl1 #cbc ,rose petal boats1 #cbj ,rug1 #aed ,rules1 ,pasch game1 #bcd ,russia1 odd things in1 #age ,russian doll1 #ahj ,s ,sally ,walker's hood1 #bjh ,samovar1 #ahb ,sash-curtain1 #cd ,scales1 store1 #cji ,scent1 false1 #cdg ,school-boy1 #ca ,screens1 doorway1 #di ,seed-top grasses1 #fa ,shafts1 arrow1 #abc ,shapes1 pottery1 #aib ,shavings1 armful of1 #cf ,shield1 ,indian1 #abj ,shoes1 ,miss ,muffet's1 #ajg ,shovel1 #add ,shuttle1 #ai ,sides1 to weave basket1 #ci ,simon ,says1 #cce ,spindle1 #e ,spindle-frame1 #e ,spinning1 #c ,spinning wheel1 #c ,spinning wheel1 colonial kitchen1 #adg ,splint basket1 to weave1 #fh ,splint1 roll of1 #fh ,spokes1 splint basket1 #fi ,staple-nail1 #df ,straw1 bonnet wire1 #ie ,store1 keeping1 #cjh ,stories1 telling1 #cdc ,stoves1 ,russian1 #ahj ,straw ride1 #ccc ,straw ride picnic1 #ccc ,study1 tissue-paper1 nature1 #hf ,sun-bonnet1 ,mary's1 #bah ,sun-bonnet1 ,miss ,muffet's1 #aaj ,supplies1 store1 #cab ,supplies1 straw ride picnic1 #cda ,swift dog1 #aaf ,swing1 #cch ,symmetry1 #bie ,t ,table egg rolling1 #bce ,table mats1 #da ,table1 moulding1 #ahh ,talking children1 #bfh ,tangle1 word1 #ccg ,targets1 ,mayday1 #bdj ,tassels1 #ff ,tea1 how ,russians make1 #ahh ,teeter tarter1 #bgc ,tenor1 singing1 #bfi ,tent1 floral1 #cag ,thankful ,parker1 #adf ,things to make of common grasses1 #ec ,thread1 when broken1 #ab ,time-piece1 old fashioned1 #aei ,tinfoil1 #aec ,tissue paper1 moulding in1 #ge ,toaster1 #add ,tomahawk1 #abj ,tools1 moulding1 #ahh ,tower1 apple1 #bad ,tower1 finger1 #bhb ,toy colonial kitchen1 #acc ,toys1 apples1 #bjf ,toys1 tissue-paper1 #ge ,transparent vases1 #bib ,travois1 to make1 #aah ,tree1 ,indian encampment1 #abi ,trimming1 #gc ,trousers1 ,russian1 #aha ,turkey1 tissue-paper1 #ha ,turning eagle1 #aaf ,turtle1 pet1 #cbg ,twine1 what may be made of ball of1 #bg ,u ,umbrella1 ,japanese1 #agc ,umbrella play house1 #bii ,uprights1 spindle-frame1 #e ,utensils1 colonial kitchen1 #add ,v ,variety of candy1 #cag ,vases1 #bib ,vases1 colorless1 #bib ,violets1 #bif ,w ,walker1 ,sally1 #bjh ,wampum1 #aca ,war bonnet1 #aaf ,ware1 pewter1 #aed ,warp1 to adjust1 #ai ,washington1 clay head of1 #bjb ,weavers1 #fh ,weaving on home-made loom1 #ae ,weaving splint basket1 #gj ,weights1 clock1 #aei ,wheel1 spinning1 #c ,white-ash splint1 #gd ,wig1 ,miss ,muffet's1 #ajf ,wigwam1 playhouse1 #cja ,wigwam1 to make1 #aab ,wild flowers1 #bie ,wild violets #bif ,windmill1 ,dutch1 #bad ,windows1 ,russian cathedral1 #agg ,wing feathers1 #bbb ,wish1 bird1 #ccg ,witch apple1 #bef ,wood-basket1 #fb ,wood chopper1 finger1 #bgg ,word tangle1 #ccg ,woof1 #bj ,wool1 ,germantown1 #bj ,wrapping paper1 #cac ,wreaths1 rose petal1 #cca ,z ,zulu doll1 #aae ,,the ,,beard ,,books ,,for ,,girls ,by ,,lina and ,,adelia ,b4 ,,beard ,handicraft and ,recreation for ,girls ,with over #gjj illustrations by the ,authors #hvo4 #a4ej net ,an elaborate book for girls1 by ,lina and ,adelia ,beard whose former books on girls' sports have become classic1 which contains a mass of practical instruction on handicrafts and recreations4 ,so many and so various are the things it tells how to do and make that it will give occupation to any sort of girl in all seasons and all weathers4 ,the girl who gets this book will not lack for occupation and pleasure4--,chicago ,evening ,post4 ,what a ,girl ,can ,make and ,do ,new ,ideas for ,work and ,play ,with more than #cjj illustrations by the ,authors ,square #hvo4 #a4ej net ,this book is the result of the authors' earnest desire to encourage in their young friends the wish to do things for themselves4 ,its aim is to give suggestions that will help them to satisfy this wish4 ,within its covers are described a great variety of things useful1 instructive1 and entertaining1 suited for both indoors and out4 ,it would be a dull girl who could not make herself busy and happy following its precepts4--,chicago ,record-,herald4 ,,the ,,american ,,girl',s ,,handy ,,book ,how ,to ,amuse ,yourself and ,others ,with nearly #ejj illustrations #hvo4 #a4ej net ,in this book ,lina and ,adelia ,beard1 the authors1 tell everything the girls of to-day want to know about sports1 games1 and winter afternoon and evening amusements and work1 in a clear1 simple1 entertaining way4 ,eight new chapters have been added to the original forty-two that made the book famous4 ,it is a treasure which1 once possessed1 no practical girl would willingly part with4--,grace ,greenwood4 ,things ,worth ,doing and ,how ,to ,do ,them ,with some #fjj drawings by the ,authors that show exactly how they should be done #hvo4 #a4ej net ,this book by ,lina and ,adelia ,beard comprises an infinite variety of amusing things that are worth doing4 ,some of these things are3--,a ,wonderful ,circus at ,home1 ,the ,wild ,west on a ,table1 ,how to ,weave ,without a ,loom1 ,how to ,make ,friends with the ,stars1 ,a ,living ,christmas ,tree1 etc4 ,everything is so plainly set forth and so fully illustrated with drawings that the happy owners of the book should find it easy to follow its suggestions4--,new ,york ,tribune4 ,,the ,,beard ,,books ,,for ,,boys ,by ,,dan ,c4 ,,beard ,shelters1 ,shacks1 and ,shanties ,illustrated by the ,author #a4be net 7postage extra7 ,he gives easily workable directions1 accompanied by very full illustration1 for over fifty shelters1 shacks1 and shanties1 ranging from the most primitive shelter to a fully equipped log cabin4 ,boys will find it an invaluable guide in constructing temporary or permanent shelters in their hikes or encampments4 ,boat-,building and ,boating ,a ,handy ,book for ,beginners ,illustrated by the ,author #a4jj net ,the directions for making boats are practical and illustrated by simple diagrams1 and the work is full of new and suggestive ideas for all kinds of craft4 ,the ,boy ,pioneers ,sons of ,daniel ,boone ,illustrated by the ,author #a4ej net ,a book that is truly fine and will probably have a wider influence on the lives of boys into whose hands it falls than almost any other book that comes their way4--,the ,interior4 ,the ,field and ,forest ,handy ,book ,or1 ,new ,ideas for ,out of ,doors ,illustrated by the ,author #a4ej net ,instructions as to ways to build boats and fire-engines1 make aquariums1 rafts and sleds1 to camp in a back-yard1 etc4 ,no better book of the kind exists4--,chicago ,record-,herald4 ,the ,jack of ,all ,trades ,or1 ,new ,ideas for ,american ,boys ,illustrated by the ,author #a4ej net ,every boy who is handy with tools of any sort will enjoy this book4--,youth's ,companion4 ,full of new ideas for active boys who like to use tools and see interesting things growing under their hands4--,new ,york ,tribune4 ,a perfect treasure-house of things that delight the soul of a boy4--,the ,interior4 ,the ,outdoor ,handy ,book ,for ,playground1 ,field and ,forest ,illustrated by the ,author #a4ej net ,it tells how to play all sorts of games with marbles1 how to make and spin more kinds of tops than most boys ever heard of1 how to make the latest things in plain and fancy kites1 where to dig bait and how to fish1 all about boats and sailing1 and a host of other things which can be done out of doors4 ,the volume is profusely illustrated and will be an unmixed delight to any boy4--,new ,york ,tribune4 ,the ,american ,boys ,handy ,book ,or1 ,what ,to ,do and ,how ,to ,do ,it ,illustrated by the ,author #a4ej net ,it tells boys how to make all kinds of things-boats1 traps1 toys1 puzzles1 aquariums1 fishing tackle2 how to tie knots1 splice ropes1 make bird calls1 sleds1 blow guns1 balloons2 how to rear wild birds1 to train dogs1 and do a thousand and one things that boys take delight in4 ,the book is illustrated in such a way that no mistake can be made2 and the boy who gets a copy of this book will consider himself set up in business4--,the ,indianapolis ,journal4 ,,charles ,,scribner',s ,,sons 99 99 99 99 99 ,transcriber's ,notes3 ,obvious punctuation errors repaired4 ,there is no figure #ge4 ,page xi1 ,witche's changed to ,witch's 7,witch's ,hair7 ,page xii1 ,,chapter ,,xxvi1 ,play-,house and ,play-,houses changed to ,playhouse and ,playhouses to match usage in text4 ,page #aic1 tanger changed to tanager 7cardinal1 the scarlet tanager7 ,page #bjf1 fellows changed to fellow 7little fellow differs7 ,page #bgc1 ,,chapter ,,xxiv came after the chapter title1 ,,finger-,,plays ,,for ,,little ,,folks1 in the original text4 ,these were switched to follow the form of the rest of the book4 ,page #cjh1 ,flay changed to ,fly 7,fly away1 ,jill17 ,page #ccg1 payed changed to played 7easily played as the7 ,page #cec1 ,face1 ,miss ,muffet's was moved from the last place in the ,e section to the first place of the ,f section4 ,page #ced1 the section titles for ,i and ,j were added to the text4 ,page #cee1 since the text capitalizes all uses of ,pasch1 the index was changed to reflect this 7,lifting for ,pasch eggs7 and also on page #cee 7,rules1 ,pasch game7 ,page #cee1 ,pocketbooks changed to ,pocket-books to match usage in text 7,pocket-books1 store7 ,page #ceg1 play-house changed to playhouse to match usage in text 7,wigwam1 playhouse7